General Information Paint PDF

Service
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut
Workshop Manual
a ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ ,
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ ,
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Caddy 2011 ➤ , Crafter 2006 ➤ ,
h re
hole
spec
Eos 2006 ➤ , Golf 2004 ➤ , Golf 2009 ➤ ,
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Cabriolet 2012 ➤ ,
Golf Plus 2005 ➤ , Golf Plus 2009 ➤ ,
rrectness of i
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ ,
l purpos
Golf Variant 2010 ➤ ,

Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ ,
nform
mercia
Jetta 2005 ➤ , Jetta 2011 ➤ ,
at
om
ion
c
New Beetle 1999 ➤ ,
in t
or
his
ate
New Beetle Cabrio 2003 ➤ ,
do
priv
cum
for
Passat 2006 ➤ , Passat 2011 ➤ ,
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Passat (NMS - US) 2012 ➤ ,

. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
Passat CC 2009 ➤ ,
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Passat Variant 2006 ➤ ,

Passat Variant 2011 ➤ , Phaeton 2003 ➤ ,
Polo 2002 ➤ , Polo 2010 ➤ ,
Polo KH IN 2010 ➤ , Polo Lim IN 2011 ➤ ,
Polo Lim RUS 2011 ➤ , Scirocco 2009 ➤ ,
Sharan 1996 ➤ , Sharan 2011 ➤ ,
The Beetle Cabriolet 2012 ➤ ,
Tiguan 2008 ➤ , Touareg 2003 ➤ ,
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touran 2003 ➤ ,
Transporter 2004 ➤ ,
Transporter 2010 ➤ , e-up! 2014 ➤ ,
up! 2012 ➤
General information, Paint
Edition 12.2013
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual
Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
00 - Technical data
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2014 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B802605A6

Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
General information, Paint - Edition 12.2013
Contents
00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n.A.G.. V.o.lks.w.ag. e.n .AG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

wage doe
1 Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y.V.o.lks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .s.n.ot.g.u . . . . . . .
... 1
b ara
1.1 Safety precautions when painting natural ris gas-powered vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . n.te.e . . .
ed ... 1
o
1.2 Safety precautions when painting electric au
th
drive vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .or.a . ... 1
ss c
2 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
ce
e
nl
pt
du
2.1 Paintwork structure of a factory finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
an
itte
y li
2.2 Paintwork in Aftersales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
erm
ab
ility
2.3 Reduced paint structure in engine compartment and inside of bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ot p
wit
2.4 Instructions for work on underbody and stone chip protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
, is n
h re
2.5 Preparing bonding surfaces with 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer when renewing laser-welded
hole
spec
roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.6 Corrosion protection measures for wing surface in contact with wheel housing liner . . . . 9
2.7 Notes on treating corroded fold areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.8 Notes on repairing add-on parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
rrectness of i
3 Genuine products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
l purpos
3.1 Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.2 Priming metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
nform
ercia
3.3 Priming plastic materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

3.4 Surfacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
m
at
om
io
3.5 Top coats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
n
c
in t
or
3.6 Clear coats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
his
ate
3.7 Hardener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
do
priv
cum
or
3.8 Thinners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

f
en
ng
t.
3.9 Anti-corrosion materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
yi Co
Cop py
3.10 Underbody protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
3.11 Stone chip guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
cop Vo
by lksw
cted
3.12 Wax-based underseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
agen
Prote AG.
3.13 Sealing materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

3.14 Cleaning agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
3.15 SprayMax System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
3.16 Additional materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
4 Workshop equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
4.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
4.2 Tack cloths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Contents i
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 autho
➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ... eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ii Contents
00 – Technical data
1 Safety information
(VRL006285; Edition 12.2013)
⇒ “1.1 Safety precautions when painting natural gas-powered ve‐
hicles”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Safety precautions when painting electric drive vehicles”,
page 1
1.1 Safety precautions when painting natu‐

ral gas-powered vehicles
AG. Volkswagen AG d
DANGER! olkswagen oes
not
V gu
by ara
ed
Risk of injurythand
or
is damage due to excessive drying tempera‐ nte
eo
tures. sa
u ra
c
s
♦ Never expose vehicles to temperatures higher than +60°
ce
e
nl
pt
du
C.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Before low baking, remove all gas tanks, and vent all gas
ility
ot p
lines.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Observe safety precautions when working on natural gas-pow‐ spec

es, in part or in w
ered vehicles (»LPG« or »CNG«):

t to the co
⇒ Fuel supply system – natural gas engines; Rep. gr. 00 ; Safety

precautions
rrectness of i
Remove fuel tank ⇒ Fuel supply system – natural gas engines;

l purpos
Rep. gr. 20 ; Fuel tank; Removing and installing fuel tank

Further information ⇒ Self-study programme No. 262 ; Natural
nform
ercia
gas – an alternative fuel for vehicles ⇒ Self-study programme No.

373 ; Natural gas drive EcoFuel in Touran and Caddy ⇒ Self-study
m
at
om
programme No. 425 ; Natural gas drive EcoFuel with 1.4 l 110 kW
on
c
TSI engine ⇒ Self-study programme No. 427 ; Autogas drive

in t
or
his
e
BiFuel
at
do
priv
1.2 Safety precautions when painting elec‐

um
for
en
ng
t.
tric drive vehicles
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
DANGER!
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Risk of injury and damage due to excessive drying tempera‐

tures.
♦ For drying temperatures of +80°C, observe the flash-off
period of 30 minutes max.
♦ For drying temperatures of +60℃, observe the flash-off
period of 45 minutes max.
♦ When IR drying, make sure to protect all high-voltage
components from direct exposure to IR radiation.
Safety precautions when working on electric drive:

⇒ Electric drive; Rep. gr. 00 ; Safety precautions; Safety pre‐
cautions when working on high-voltage system
1. Safety information 1
2 General notes
⇒ “2.1 Paintwork structure of a factory finish”, page 2
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
⇒ “2.2 Paintwork in Aftersales”,
Vol
ksw page 3
a
not
by gu
d ara
⇒ “2.3 Reduced paint oris structure in engine compartment and inside
e nte
of bonnet”, page auth6 eo
ra
ss c
⇒ “2.4 Instructions for work on underbody and stone chip protec‐
ce
e
nl
pt
tion”, page 6
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “2.5 Preparing bonding surfaces with 2-pack epoxy primer sur‐
erm
ab
ility
facer when renewing laser-welded roofs”, page 8
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “2.6 Corrosion protection measures for wing surface in contact
h re
hole
with wheel housing liner”, page 9
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “2.7 Notes on treating corroded fold areas”, page 10
t to the co
⇒ “2.8 Notes on repairing add-on parts”, page 13
rrectness of i
2.1 Paintwork structure of a factory finish
l purpos
Structure of a solid-colour (uni) paint finish, conventional

Coat thickness approx. 80-120 µm
nf
ercia
or
1- Sheet steel
m
m
atio
om
2- Zinc phosphate n in
or c
thi
e
3- Electrophoretic primer
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
4- Intermediate surfacer
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
5- 2-pack uni (solid-colour) top coat
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Structure of a uni (solid-colour) paint finish, waterborne paint

1- Sheet steel
2- Zinc phosphate
3- Electrophoretic finish
4- Waterborne surfacer
5- Waterborne base coat
6- 2-pack clear coat
Structure of metallic and pearlescent finish (waterborne paint)

1- Sheet steel
2- Zinc phosphate
5- Metallic or pearlescent waterborne base coat
2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data

Structure of a two-coat paint finish (conventional)

Coat thickness approx. 100 µm
1- Sheet steel
2- Zinc phosphate
4- Intermediate surfacer
5- Uni (solid-colour) top coat
Structure of the 2010-process finish (waterborne paint)

1- Sheet steel
2- Zinc phosphate
4- Waterborne base coat (special-effect coat)
. Volkswagen AG
Structure of a three-coat paint finish (waterborne
ksw
agen
AG paint) does
not
Vol gu
Coat thickness approx. 80-140 iµm by ara
sed nte
r
ho eo
1- Sheet steel aut ra
c
ss
2- Zinc phosphate
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
5- Waterborne base coat (colour-determining base coat)

h re
hole
spec
6- Waterborne base coat (special-effect coat)

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
♦ The specifications of coat thickness are approximate because

thickness can vary depending on colour and differences be‐
nform
ercia
tween horizontal and vertical surfaces.

m
♦ The specifications may be exceeded by individual vehicles

com
tio
which have been repainted once or several times. However,

n in
r
te o
this need not be communicated.

thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
2.2 Paintwork in Aftersales

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Panels galvanised on both sides opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
Earlier attempts at flanged pairings have resulted in the fact that
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
only panels that are galvanised on both sides are used now. Only
AG.
in this way can the cathodic protection and the barrier effect of
the zinc layer work together to provide optimum results. In par‐
ticular, the cut edges which are less well protected by paint
(subject to thinning of the paint coating at the edge) are provided
with additional protection.
2. General notes 3
Note
♦ Please make sure

♦ that when repairing bodywork all metal edges are properly de‐
burred.
♦ that zinc/electrophoretic primer layer is fully present on un‐
painted inner surfaces.
♦ that inner weld flanges and sanded-through spots are treated
with zinc spray - D 007 500 A2- .
Filling n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
To restore the contours by V of bodywork surfaces, filler materials
ua are
ed ran
nowadays consideredoris as an integral part of bodyshop construc‐ tee
tion and paintshop
au
th operations. Please be sure to allow for theor a
differing base surface requirements.
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Product information:
du
an
itte
y li
erm
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Filler”, page 14 .
ab
ility
ot p
Primer
wit
, is n
h re
The primer is the most important component in the corrosion pro‐
hole
spec
tection system, as it prevents water and oxygen from getting to
es, in part or in w
the metal surface. Genuine Parts are usually coated with black t to the co
electrophoretic primer. What type of primer is used depends on
the application.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
♦ Sanded-through spots or weld seams must be re-covered with

nf
ercia
an anti-corrosion primer as soon as possible.

rm
m
atio
m
♦ The electrophoretic primer coating is not resistant to UV and

o
n in
c
acid. Consequently, replacement parts must also be painted

or
thi
from the inside.

te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ After repair of corrosion damage, isolate substrate using 2-

o
m
f
pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- or 2-pack

en
ng
t.
yi Co
wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ If 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- is selected for iso‐ pyri by
Vo
o
lating, it must always be used in conjunction with 2-pack HS
c by lksw
cted agen
Vario surfacer.
Prote AG.
♦ ⇒ “3.2 Priming metal”, page 34
♦ ⇒ “3.3 Priming plastic materials”, page 45
Surfacer
The surfacer plays only a secondary role in terms of corrosion
protection. Nevertheless, use of the right surfacer in Aftersales is
essential.
Function:
♦ Surfacer protects the body against stone chips. So make sure
the surfacer layer is of the appropriate depth in the area ex‐
posed to stone chipping.
♦ Surfacer is used to prepare surfaces. Scoring can be levelled
out.

♦ Coloured surfacer improves the coverage of shades with poor

coverage.
♦ ⇒ “3.4 Surfacer”, page 49 .
PVC seam sealing and undersealing
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Note lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
♦ Seam seals made during
horis repair work must be identical in ap‐ tee
pearance and thickness
aut
to the original seam seals. or
ac
ss
♦ To avoid damage or faulty operation, brush seam seals
ce
e
nl
pt
du
smooth near attachments which must be attached.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Water drainage holes must remain clear.
ility
ot p
♦ All threaded studs and welded nuts with metric threads as well
wit
, is n
h re
as all other studs and contact surfaces for assembly must be
hole
functional following the extent of the sealing work.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Sealant must never be applied to bare metal. Substrates must
always be coated with surfacer first.
rrectness of i
To prevent water from penetrating into flanges, panel folds in crit‐
ical areas of the body are sealed with paste-form, solvent-free
l purpos
PVC. A varying thickness of PVC layer is also sprayed onto pre‐

cisely defined zones on the external floor pan and in the wheel
housings to protect against stone chips and prevent droning.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
Note n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
♦ Before sealing/applying underseal, always insulate the sur‐

iv
o
r
rp
cu
face with primer and surfacer.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ After repair of corrosion damage, isolate substrate using 2-
Co
op py
pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- or 2-pack
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- . p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ If 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- is selected for iso‐ Prote AG.

Vario surfacer.
♦ Make sure the underseal layer is of the specified thickness.
♦ ⇒ “3.10 Underbody protection”, page 192
♦ ⇒ “3.11 Stone chip guard”, page 201
♦ ⇒ “3.13 Sealing materials”, page 213
Top coat/base coat
The primary role of the top coat/base coat is decorative. It plays
only a secondary role in terms of corrosion protection.
The paints have varying coverage depending on their pigmenta‐
tion. Pay attention to the manufacturers' specifications.
♦ ⇒ “3.5 Top coats”, page 91
Clear coat
The primary role of the clear coat is decorative. The clear coat
likewise plays only a secondary role in terms of corrosion protec‐
tion. The clear coat protects the base coat against UV radiation
2. General notes 5
and from environmental damage such as by the acid in bird drop‐

pings.
♦ ⇒ “3.6 Clear coats”, page 135
Wax sealing/cavity sealing
Wax/cavity sealing plays a key role in terms of corrosion protec‐
tion. Various materials are available in Aftersales, according to
the area of application. The outstanding protection offered by
these materials is based on the following properties:
♦ Hydrophobic (non-absorbent).
♦ Good adhesion.
♦ No undermining by rust.
♦ Permeability to water vapour some 1,500 times less than a
paint coating of the same thickness.
♦ ⇒ “3.9 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 187
♦ ⇒ “3.12 Wax-based underseal”, page 208
2.3 Reduced paint structure in engine com‐

partment and inside of bonnet
Note
Depending on the model, the paint in the “engine room and on

the inside of the bonnet” may deviate in structure and colour from
the exterior paint. This deviation is production dependent and
AG. Volkswagen AG d
does not constitute a defect. lkswagen oes
no o t gu
yV
edb ara
ris nte
2.4 Instructions for work on underbody and au
tho eo
ra
stone chip
ss protection c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
Note
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ The structure of the underbody and stone chip protection is to

h re
ole,
be reconstructed to conform to the original condition in ap‐

spec
pearance and thickness.

t to the co

rrectne

ss o
Accident damage (replacement parts)

cial p
f inform
– Roughen factory basecoat using an emery pad.

mer
atio
m
– Clean new part using silicon remover .

o
n
c
i
or
– Isolate substrate using 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS

thi
te
sd
a
MAX 220 M1/M2- or 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- .
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
If 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- is selected for isolating,
it must always be used in conjunction with 2-pack HS Vario sur‐
facer.
– Dry (observe drying time).

– Clean entire surface using silicon remover .
– Apply stone chip protection or long-term underbody protec‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
tion . lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
– Dry (observe drying time). edb ran
ris tee
tho
– Rework and/or smooth structure as needed. au
or
ac
ss
ce
– Clean substrate using silicon remover .
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Apply 2-pack HS surfacer .
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Dry sand surfacer with P400 to P500 sandpaper, taking care
h re
hole
not to sand through.
spec
es, in part or in w
– Clean surface using silicon remover .
t to the co
– Create paint structure with a top coat or with base coat and
clear coat.
rrectness of i
Accident damage (repair by removing dents)
l purpos
– Thoroughly clean damaged part or surface with silicone re‐

mover.
nform
ercia
– Beat dents out of damaged area and sand down to bare metal.
m
at
om
io
– Remove any corrosion present.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Isolate substrate using 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS

at
do
riv
MAX 220 M1/M2- or 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- .
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
it must always be used in conjunction with a 2-pack HS Vario
Prote AG.
surfacer.
– Apply filler .
– Sand filler using P80 to P240 sandpaper, liberally sanding
featheredge areas.
– Apply 2-pack wash primer .
– Clean entire surface using silicon remover .
tion .
– Rework and/or smooth structure as needed.
– Apply 2-pack HS surfacer .
2. General notes 7

not to sand through. n AG. Volkswagen A G do
wage es n
– Clean surface using silicon remover . olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
– Create paint structure with a top coat ris
hoor with base coat and tee
t or
clear coat. ss
au ac
ce
le
Cracks in stone chip protection
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Note
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Carry out repairs according to the description “Accident damage
ole,
spec
(repair by removing dents)”.
t to the co
Damage caused by stone impact (stone chippings, grit, etc.)
– Thoroughly clean damaged area.
rrectne
– Lightly sand damaged surfaces using emery pad. Dry sand
deeper chips with P120 to P240 sandpaper.
ss o
cial p
f
inform
mer
atio
m
tion . If the damage is extensive, the entire surface must be

o
n
c
reworked.
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
– Rework and/or smooth structure as needed.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Clean substrate using silicon remover . Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Apply 2-pack HS surfacer . p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Dry (observe drying time). Prote AG.

not to sand through.
– Clean surface using silicon remover .
– Create paint structure with a top coat or with base coat and
clear coat.
2.5 Preparing bonding surfaces with 2-pack

epoxy primer surfacer when renewing
laser-welded roofs
Note
♦ 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- is to be

used for the following VW painting instructions.
♦ Technical notes regarding the listed materials can be found in
chapter ⇒ “3.15.8 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer”, page 253 .

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Amarok 2011 th ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004
o tee
or ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
u
ss
a
General information, Paint ac
- Edition 12.2013
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Lightly dry sand (but do not sand through) electrophoretic pri‐
an
itte
y li
mer of the bonding surface of the roof (shown in red) using a
erm
ab
3M red emery pad or with P360 sandpaper.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
– Remove loose paint residue from the bonding surfaces of the
orm
roof side members (shown in red) and sand with 3M red emery
m
atio
m
pad or P360 sandpaper.

o
n in
or c
– Clean bonding area using silicon remover .
thi
te
sd
iva
o
– Isolate bonding surfaces with 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer -
r
rp
cu
o
m
LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- .
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Note yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
When isolating, ensure that all bare metal body surfaces are cov‐
ered.
– Dry sand 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/
M2- with P400 to P500 sandpaper, taking care not to sand
through.
– Clean bonding area again using silicon remover .
– Apply body adhesive ⇒ Body, middle, roof, frame; Rep. gr.
51 ; Renewing roof .
2.6 Corrosion protection measures for wing surface in contact with wheel hous‐
ing liner
Note
♦ The corrosion protection measure is to be carried out in the groove of the wing of all new replacement parts
which have not had the additional sealant applied at the factory.
♦ The additional sealant is intended to prevent the wheel housing liner from possibly “scouring” the groove of
the wing, which could cause corrosion.
– Apply surfacer on inside and outside of wing.

– After surfacer has been applied and has dried, apply and
spread sealant - D 511 500 A2- in the contact area of wheel
housing liner (groove of wing).
2. General notes 9
Maß a - 20 mm
❑ Height of seal
Maß b - 10 mm
❑ Width of seal
Note
-Dimension b- can vary because the

width of the edge of the groove dif‐
fers among wings. Always ensure
that the entire edge of the groove is
sealed.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Before installing, seal inside of wheel arch and web plate with
rrectness of i
cavity sealant.
l purpos
♦ ⇒ “3.9 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 187 nform
ercia
2.7 Notes on treating corroded fold areas

m
at
om
ion
c
Examples for corrosion in the fold area of bonnet, door or rear lid
in t
or
his
ate
– Remove corrosion using

do
priv
⇒ “4.1.6 Pneumatic brush grinder set VAS 6446 ”,

um
for
page 289 or
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “4.1.7 Brush grinder set VAS 6776 ”, page 290 .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
– Smooth off transitions using sandpaper (P360 to P400 grade).
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

olkGeneral
swagen AGinformation, Paint - Edition 12.2013
en AG. V ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
ris
Note tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
♦ After removing the corrosion and prior to sealing the affected
un
pt
area, be always sure to isolate the substrate using 2-pack ep‐
an
d
itte
y li
oxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- or 2-pack wash
rm
ab
primer - LHV 043 000 A2- .
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ If 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- is selected for iso‐
h re
hole
spec
Vario surfacer.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ When isolating, ensure that all bare metal body surfaces are
covered.
rrectness of i
– As soon as the surfacer is completely dry, treated areas must
l purpos
be dry-sanded using P400 to P500 sandpaper. When sanding,

take particular care not to “sand through”. Afterwards, clean
sanded surfaces with silicon remover .
nform
ercia
– After sanding the dry surfacer, the metal edges in the fold area
m
a
must be sealed with fine seam sealant
com
tio
⇒ “3.13 Sealing materials”, page 213 . Ensure that the fine
n in
r
te o
seam seals are identical in appearance to the original seam
thi
s
iva
seals, as specified in the ⇒ »Vehicle-specific paintwork infor‐
do
r
rp
c
mation« for the particular vehicle.
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Note
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
♦ Seam seals made during repair work must be identical in ap‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
pearance and thickness to the original seam seals.
♦ To avoid damage or faulty operation, brush seam seals
smooth near attachments which must be attached.
♦ Sealant must never be applied to bare metal. Substrates must
always be coated with surfacer first.
– Restore paintwork structure according to the paintwork repair

manual.
– Apply cavity sealant along entire fold area using
⇒ “4.1.8 Suction feed spray-gun V.A.G 1538 ”, page 291 ;
⇒ “3.9 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 187 .
2. General notes 11
Note
The repair can only be considered successful if the fold area is

sealed air-tight from inside (so that no ingress of moisture is pos‐
sible).
Cavity sealing, rear lid
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Cavity sealing, bonnet
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Cavity sealing, door rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.8 Notes on repairing add-on parts

Add-on parts:
When painting add-on parts (new parts) such as wings, covers,
flaps and doors on the inside, ensure that the paintwork is iden‐
tical in appearance to the original paintwork. Before installing,
add-on parts must be sealed with cavity sealant from the inside
in order to restore the original state
⇒ “3.9 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 187 . Please refer to »Ve‐
hicle-specific paintwork information«.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. General notes 13
3 Genuine products
⇒ “3.1 Filler”, page 14
⇒ “3.2 Priming metal”, page 34
⇒ “3.3 Priming plastic materials”, page 45
⇒ “3.4 Surfacer”, page 49
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “3.5 Top coats”, page 91 lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by
⇒ “3.6 Clear coats”, page 135rised ara
nte
ho eo
⇒ “3.7 Hardener”, page 173 aut ra
ss c
ce
e
⇒ “3.8 Thinners”, page 181

nl
pt
du
an
itte
⇒ “3.9 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 187
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “3.10 Underbody protection”, page 192
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “3.11 Stone chip guard”, page 201
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “3.12 Wax-based underseal”, page 208
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “3.13 Sealing materials”, page 213
⇒ “3.14 Cleaning agents”, page 220
rrectness of i
⇒ “3.15 SprayMax System”, page 225
l purpos
⇒ “3.16 Additional materials”, page 272
3.1 Filler
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
⇒ “3.1.1 2-pack metal filler”, page 14
om
n in
or c
⇒ “3.1.2 2-pack fine filler”, page 16

thi
te
sd
iva
⇒ “3.1.3 2-pack fine filler, flexible”, page 20

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
⇒ “3.1.4 2-pack spray filler”, page 23

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
⇒ “3.1.5 2-pack IR Premium filler”, page 27 t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
⇒ “3.1.6 2-pack diamond aluminium filler”, page 31
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.1.1 2-pack metal filler
Designation:
♦ 2-pack metal filler set - DA 787 300 A2-
Issued 11.2010
Product description
This filler is a polyester filler with a powdered metal mixture for
the creation of accurately contoured surfaces of highly stressed
body surfaces. This filler is an especially good substitute for lead
filling solder.
This filler is easy to spread and sand, and has great mechanical
and thermal stability.
Note
If the temperature is above 30 °C or relative humidity is above

80%, 2-pack hardener, slow-drying - LVM 018 100 A2- must be
used.

Technical data sheet

Substrate
Suitable substrates:
♦ Steel
♦ Metallic substrates in general
♦ Galvanised sheet steel
Substrate pretreatment:
– Carefully remove any grease and sand surface. The substrate
must be sanded down to bare metal with P40 grade. Optimum agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
roughness can be achieved by using the olksw not
y V gu
⇒ “4.1.6 Pneumatic brush grinder set VAS 6446
ise
d b ”, ara
nte
page 289 , for example. ut
hor eo
a ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Clean again with silicone remover before reworking.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
Application um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Mixing ratio:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– The two components are mixed in a ratio of 1 part liquid hard‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
ener to between 2.5 and 3 parts powder to a consistency which
c by lksw
cted agen
may be worked with a filling knife. Prote AG.
Note
Avoid excessive liquid hardener because it will reduce the final

strength and adhesive characteristics of the filler.
Pot life:
– The pot life is about 10 minutes at +20 °C.
Reaction temperature:
– The reaction temperature must be at least +5 °C.
3. Genuine products 15
Drying
Air drying:
– Curing by means of short-wave infrared dryer.
♦ Flash off about 10 minutes at +20 °C
♦ Full curing, stage 1, 10 minutes at 75 ℃
Note
♦ Alternatively, curing may be done using a hot air blower -

V.A.G 1416- . When doing so, always avoid overheating the
AG. Volkswagen AG d
material. lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV
♦ Do not set the temperature of the hot
ise air blower - V.A.G 1416-
db ua
ran
too high. ut
ho
r tee
or
a ac
♦ Use temperature gauge - ss 6519-
VAS to check when the tem‐
ce
le
perature is reached.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Sanding
ot p
wit
is n
– Obviously excess material can be removed even before the
h re
ole,
thermal curing process using, e.g. a body rasp.
spec
– Then sand to contour using P80-grade dry sandpaper.
t to the co
Data
rrectne
Air drying: Powder + liquid
hardener
s
Flash point: Hardener 33 °C
s o
cial p
Powder not applicable f inform

mer
Storage
atio
om
n
c
The guaranteed shelf life is 12 months from date of production.

i
or
n thi
e
May be used until the date stated on the label at latest if stored in
t
sd
va
sealed original containers at +20 °C.

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Storage conditions
Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Store cool and dry. Storage temperature +20 °C.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ Use only in well-ventilated rooms.

♦ It is recommended to wear safety gloves and a dust mask.
♦ It is recommended to use a dust collector.
3.1.2 2-pack fine filler

Designation:
♦ 2-pack fine filler - LSP 784 002 A2-
Issued 06.2011
Product description
The 2-pack fine filler is a very fine, thixotropic polyester filler.

This filler is suitable for repairing small defects.

Properties
♦ Fine and non-porous
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Easy to sand
♦ Very elastic for repairing plastic substrates
Substrate
♦ Steel
♦ Aluminium
♦ Fibreglass
♦ Old paint and factory paint
♦ Fully cured 2-pack fillers and 2-pack primers
♦ Plastic parts transparently primed with 2-pack primer surfacer
for plastics - LKF 696 009 A2- / -LKF 696 040 A2- or adhesion
promoter - ALO 822 000 10-
♦ Surfaces prepared with 2-pack polyester filler
Caution
This filler may not be applied to PVB (acid-curing) surfaces or

1-pack primer (e.g. synthetic resin).
It is also unsuitable for thermoplastic or viscoelastic paint. In
these cases, apply filler only to the bare metal.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Substrate pretreatment: rised
nte
ho eo
ut
– Carefully remove any grease and sand surface. ss a ra
c
ce
e
– For UP-GF (fibreglass) substrate parts, remove residual re‐

nl
pt
du
an
lease agents and lightly sand surface.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Before recoating, use a suitable cleaning agent to ensure a

clean surface free of residues.
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Application
Manner of application:
– With filling knife
Mixing ratio:
– Add 2-3% by weight 2-pack hardener - LVM 018 000 A1/A2-
or, especially at high temperatures, 2-pack hardener, slow-
drying - LVM 018 100 A2- .
Note
Avoid adding too much hardener, as this can lead to bleeding

through, especially with dayglow paints and light metallic colours.
Pot life:
– At +20 °C ambient temperature, approximately 3-5 minutes
Reaction temperature:
– At least +5 °C
Drying
Air drying:
wage es n
– At +20 °C ambient temperature, approximately 20-30
yV
ominutes
lks ot g
b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Infrared drying:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Short-wave radiant heater, 3 minutes (at 50% power)

♦ Medium-wave radiant heater, 5 minutes
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Sanding
After the drying times given above:
– First sanding dry with P180 to P240-grade sandpaper
– Second sanding dry with P240 to P320-grade sandpaper
– First sanding wet with P240-320 grade sandpaper

– Second sanding wet with P600-800 grade sandpaper
Note
♦ When wet sanding, be sure to thoroughly dry the surface by

polishing with a chamois.
♦ Heat resistant to +80 °C.
Recoating
Recommended structure:
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2-
♦ 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- and 2-pack HS Vario
surfacer G. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage es n
♦ 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics - LKFy696
Vol 009 A2- / -LKF
ks ot g
ua
696 040 A2- isedb ran
tee
r
tho
♦ Adhesion promoter - ALO 822 000 au 10- non-elastic 2-pack HS
or
ac
surfacer (for plastic parts) ss
ce
le
un
pt
– Then recoat with top coat.

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Data
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Viscosity as pastos
h re
supplied
ole,
spec
Flash point: Filler, above 23 °C

t to the co
VOC content: The EU limit value for this product (product cat‐
2004/42/IIB egory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max. 250
(b)(250)170 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
rrectne
content of this product in ready-to-spray form is

max. 170 g/l.
ss o
Storage
cial p
f inform

mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Storage conditions
– Storage temperature +20 °C (+30 °C must not be exceeded).
3.1.3 2-pack fine filler, flexible

Designation:
♦ 2-pack fine filler, flexible - LSP 787 100 A1-
Issued 07.2010
Product description
2-pack fine filler, flexible - LSP 787 100 A1- is a two-pack filler
with good filling characteristics.
The product does not shrink and offers excellent adhesion to nu‐
merous substrates.
This filler is especially suitable for plastics. olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
Further applications: ir se
d ran
tee
tho
or
♦ Repair of exterior plastic body surface
ss
au
damage with loss of ac
material (scratches, holes, cracks) but no perforation of ma‐
ce
le
un
terial pt
an
d
itte
♦ To fill cuprammonium-rayon plastic which has previously been y li

rm
ab
pe
repaired using plastic repair set - D 007 700- ility

ot
wit
, is n
♦ To fill over a repair to avoid marking

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Properties
♦ Uniform, fine, creamy consistency
rrectness of i
♦ Good filling characteristics – no shrinkage

l purpos
♦ Fast hardening
♦ Good sanding characteristics
nform
ercia
♦ Adheres well to metal and plastic

m
a
com
tio
Substrate
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
♦ Steel
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Galvanised sheet steel t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ Aluminium yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ All cleaned and sanded plastics in vehicles
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Glass-fibre reinforced plastics (UP-GF)

♦ Well-sanded old paint or factory paint
♦ Fully cured 2-pack surfacers and 2-pack primers

– Carefully remove any grease and sand surface.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Before recoating, clean again with silicone Vremover,
olks
wa slow-dry‐ not
ing - LVM 020 100 A5- or silicone remover
ed by- LVM 020 000 A5- . gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Recoating
♦ Apply fine filler alone. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Coat fine filler with 2-pack fine filler - LSP 784 002 A2- or d bywith
Vo gu
ara
2-pack spray filler - ALN 788 007- (except on galvanised orise sheet nte
metal). auth eo
ra
ss c
♦ Prime bare metal and filled surfaces using 2-pack epoxy pri‐
ce
le
un
pt
mer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- or 2-pack wash primer -
an
d
itte
LHV 043 000 A2- .
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Coat with 2-pack HS Vario surfacer - LGF 786 004 A4- or 2-
ot p
wit
pack HS Premium surfacer - LGF 013 ...- . is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectne
Before applying filler, the entire surface must be dry sanded with
P280 to P400-grade sandpaper.
ss o
cial p
Application table
f inform
mer
Mixing ratio 2-3% by weight
atio
m
Hardener 2-pack hardener - LVM 018 00 A1-

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
Pot life 2-4 minutes at +20 °C
te
sd
iva
o
Drying time (air 20-30 minutes
pr
cum
r
fo
drying at +20 ℃
en
ng
t.
ambient temper‐
yi Co
op
ature)
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Infrared drying: cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Short- Approx. 3 minutes (at 50% power) Prote AG.
wave
Medi‐ Approx. 5 minutes
um-
wave
Sanding First sanding Second sanding
Wet As P180-grade fine As P320 to P360-
filler grade fine filler
Dry As P80-grade and as As P120 to P240-
P120-grade fine filler grade filler and as
P280-grade fine filler
Caution

It is also unsuitable for thermoplastic or viscoelastic paint. In
these cases, apply filler only to the bare metal.

Note
♦ Before applying filler, the entire surface must be dry sanded

with P280 to P320-grade sandpaper.
♦ Avoid adding too much hardener, as this can lead to bleeding
through, especially with dayglow paints and light metallic col‐
ours.
♦ The minimum reaction temperature is +5 °C.
3.1.4 2-pack spray filler

Designation:
♦ 2-pack spray filler - ALN 788 007-
Issued 02.2011 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
o lksw not
Product description d by V gu
ara
rise nte
o
The 2-pack spray filler - ALN 788aut007- is a two-pack spray filler
h eo
ra
use in vehicle repair for evening
ss out large irregularities. c
ce
le
un
pt
Further applications:
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Especially suitable for use on large surfaces
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Very good spraying properties
wit
is n
h re
♦ Easy to apply and has good vertical stability
ole,
spec
♦ Good levelling
t to the co
♦ VOC value < 250 g/l
rrectne
Substrate
ss
o
cial p
f in
♦ Sheet steel, electroplated or roller galvanized sheet steel or
form
mer
aluminium, cleaned, sanded and coated with 2-pack wash pri‐

atio
m
mer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 ...
o
n
c
A2- and then isolated with 2-pack HS surfacer

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
♦ Fully cured, solvent-resistant, well-preserved and lightly san‐

iv
o
pr
ded old paint or original paint

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
♦ Aluminium
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ All cleaned and sanded plastics in vehicles
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Surfaces prepared with 2-pack polyester filler Prote
cted AG.
agen
♦ Cleaned and sanded UP-GF (fibreglass) surfaces, free of re‐

lease agents
Caution

It is also unsuitable for thermoplastic or viscoelastic paint.
To attain optimal corrosion protection, it is recommended to
prime remaining rust spots on corners and edges, as well as
bare metal with 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or prime
them with 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 ... A2- and then iso‐
late them with 2-pack HS surfacer .
. Volkswagen AG
– Before recoating all substrates, use a suitable cleaning wagagent
en AG does
to ensure a clean surface free of residues. Volks not
gu
by ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Application
rrectness of i
Mixing ratio:
l purpos
– Add 5% by volume 2-pack hardener - LHA 841 000 A2- .

– Pot life, 20-30 minutes at +20 °C.
nf
ercia
or
– The minimum reaction temperature is +15 ℃.
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
Method of application: “spraying”.
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Set application viscosity for a material temperature of +20 °C.

– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer's instructions to
2-2.5 mm.
– Adjust spray pressure following manufacturer's
gen AG instructions
. Volkswagen AG to
does
swa
2-3 bar. yV
olk not
gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Five spray coats result in approximately 500-600 µm (coat
h re
ole,
thicknesses up to approximately 1000 µm are possible).
spec
Method of application: “brush”
t to the co
Note
rrectne
When “brushing”, apply the material in one operation.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Drying
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
Air drying at +20 ℃ ambient temperature:
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Dry for sanding in two hours
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Force drying
– Final flash-off time at least 10 minutes.
– Drying time 30 minutes at +60 °C materialgtemperature

en AG. V
olkswagen AG
d a oes
ksw not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Infrared drying:
– Final flash-off time at least 5 minutes.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Drying time 10-12 minutes, short-wave radiant heater at 50% t. C rig
gh ht
power yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
– Drying time 15-20 minutes, medium-wave radiant heater
agen
Prote AG.
Note
Heat resistant to +80 °C.
Further steps
Dry sanding:


Note
Dry sanding should be carried out with a suitable sander and a

dust collector.
Recoating
– Coat with 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 ... A2- (only where
sanded to bare metal)
– Finish with waterborne basecoat and 2-pack HS clear coat and
2-pack HS top coat
Data
Viscosity as Thixotropic
supplied
Flash point: Above 23 °C
2004/42/IIB egory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray agen form is max.A250
AG. Volkswagen G d
oes
(b)(250)250 g/l of volatile organic yV
ocompounds.
lksw The VOC not
gu
content of this iproduct
sed b in ready-to-spray form is ara
nte
max. 250 g/l.tho r eo
au ra
c
ss
Storage
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Storage conditions
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
3.1.5 2-pack IR Premium filler

do
priv
cum
for
en
Designations:
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ 2-pack IR Premium filler - LSP 787 220 A1- t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ 2-pack IR Premium filler - LSP 787 220 A2-
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ 2-pack IR Premium filler - LSP 787 220 A3-
Issued 06.2011
Product description
2-pack IR Premium filler - LSP 787 220 A1/A2/A3- is a high-grade
polyester filler for passenger car refinishing.
Further applications:
♦ All common metal substrates
♦ Very good adhesion to galvanised substrates
♦ Good sanding properties
♦ Easy to apply and non-porous
♦ Especially suitable for IR drying
Substrate
♦ Sheet steel
♦ Galvanised sheet steel
♦ Aluminium
♦ Well-sanded factory paint or old paint AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
♦ Fully cured, primed two-pack surfacers d byand two-pack primers
V gu
ara
ise nte
r
♦ Cleaned and sanded UP-GF (fibreglass)
ut
ho surfaces, free of re‐ eo
ra
lease agents ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Caution
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
It is also unsuitable for thermoplastic or viscoelastic paint.
spec
t to the co
– Carefully remove any grease and sand surface. rrectne

ss

o
cial p
f in
– Isolate bare or sanded-down metal substrates using 2-pack

form
mer
epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- or 2-pack wash

atio
primer - LHV 043 000 A2- .

om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Note
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
it must always be used in conjunction with 2-pack HS Vario sur‐ C py
t. rig
facer.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Before recoating all substrates, use a suitable cleaning agent
to ensure a clean surface free of residues.

Application wage
es n
olks ot g
Manner of application: byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
– With filling knife auth or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Mixing ratio:
rrectness of i
– Add 2-3% by weight 2-pack hardener - LVM 018 000 A1/A2-
or, especially at high temperatures, 2-pack hardener, slow-
l purpos
drying - LVM 018 100 A2- .
nform
ercia
Note
m
a
com
tion in
Avoid adding too much hardener, as this can lead to bleeding
r
te o
through, especially with dayglow paints and light metallic colours.
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Pot life:
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– At +20 °C ambient temperature, approximately 2-4 minutes t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Reaction temperature: pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– At least +5 °C Prote AG.
Drying
Air drying:
– At +20 °C ambient temperature, approximately 20-30 minutes
Infrared drying:
♦ Short-wave radiant heater, 3 minutes (at 50% power)
♦ Medium-wave radiant heater, 5 minutes
Sanding
Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
♦ Heat resistant to +80or °C.
is tee
th or
u
♦ Bare-metal spotsss must be isolated again using 2-pack epoxy
a ac
primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- or 2-pack wash primer
ce
le
un
pt
- LHV 043 000 A2- before doing any further filling.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
♦ If 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- is selected for iso‐
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Vario surfacer.
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Recoating
t to the co
♦ Apply fine filler alone.
rrectne
♦ Coat fine filler with 2-pack fine filler - LSP 784 002 A2- or with
s
2-pack spray filler - ALN 788 007- (except on galvanised sheet
s o
metal).
cial p
f inform
♦ Prime sanded-down metal and filled surfaces again using 2-
mer
pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- or 2-pack atio
m
wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- .

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ Fill with 2-pack HS Vario surfacer - LGF 786 004 A4- or 2-pack
t
sd
va
HS Premium surfacer - LGF 013 ...- .

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Note cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Before applying filler, the entire surface must be dry sanded with
P280 to P400-grade sandpaper.
Data
Viscosity as pastos
supplied
Flash point: Filler, above 23 °C
(b)(250)150 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
max. 150 g/l.
Storage

Storage conditions
3.1.6 2-pack diamond aluminium filler

Designation:
♦ Powdered aluminium - DA 004 200 A2-
♦ Hardener - DA 004 201 A1-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Hardener - DA
olks
004
wage211 A1-
n oes
not
V gu
by
Issued 11.2010
ris
ed
ara
nte
tho eo
Product
s a description
u ra
c
s
ce
le
This filler is an all-purpose polyester filler especially suitable for

un
pt
repair of sheet aluminium.

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
It is designed for use in automobile repairs.

ility
ot p
wit
This filler is easy to spread and sand, and has great mechanical
is n
h re
and thermal stability.

ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
If the temperature is above 30 °C or relative humidity is above

rrectne
80%, hardener - DA 004 211 A1- must be used.

ss

o
cial p
f inform
Substrate
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
♦ Aluminium
thi
te
sd
va
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– The substrates must be sanded to bare metal using P40 to
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
P60-grade sandpaper. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Clean the substrate with silicone remover before reworking.
Application
Manner of application:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– With filling knife olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Mixing ratio:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– The two components are mixed in a ratio of 1 part liquid hard‐
ener to between 2.5 and 3 parts powder to a consistency which
may be worked with a filling knife.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
Avoid excessive liquid hardener because it will reduce the final

m
strength and adhesive characteristics of the filler.

at
om
ion
c
in t
or
Pot life:
his
ate
do
riv
– Pot life at +20 °C ambient temperature approximately 10 mi‐

p
cum
or
nutes
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Reaction temperature: C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– At least +5 °C op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Drying
Infrared drying:
– Curing by means of short-wave infrared dryer
♦ Cold curing: about 10-15 minutes at +20 °C
♦ Initial curing: 10 minutes at 50 °C

Air drying:
– Alternatively, curing may be done using a hot air blower -
V.A.G 1416- .
Note
♦ Always avoid overheating the material. Do not set the tem‐

perature of the hot air blower - V.A.G 1416- too high.
♦ Use temperature gauge - VAS 6519- to check when the tem‐
perature is reached.
♦ Obviously excess material can be removed even before the
thermal curing process using a body rasp.
Sanding
– Dry sand to contour using P80-grade sandpaper.
Note
♦ Use only in well-ventilated rooms.

♦ It is recommended to wear safety gloves and a dust mask.
♦ It is recommended to use a dust collector.
Data
Viscosity as Powder + liquid hardener
supplied
Flash point: Hardener, 33 °C agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
Powder, not applicable d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
Storage aut
h
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
Storage conditions
wit
, is n
h re
– Store cool and dry.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Storage temperature +20 °C

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ar
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC ris 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011an...
ed
tee
o
General information, Paint - Edition
aut 12.2013
h or
ac
ss
ce
e
3.2 Priming metal
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
⇒ “3.2.1 1-pack anti-corrosion wash primer”, page 34
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.2.2 1-pack wash primer”, page 37
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3.2.1 1-pack anti-corrosion wash primer
t to the co
Designation:
rrectness of i
♦ 1-pack anti-corrosion wash primer - ALN 002 003 10-
l purpos
Issued 06.2011
Product description
nform
ercia
1-pack anti-corrosion primer is a zinc chromate-free one-pack

m
at
product based on polyvinyl butyral for passenger car refinishing.
om
ion
c
in t
r
The special combination of pigments and binders provides good

o
his
e
corrosion protection and adhesion and is also certified suitable

at
do
riv
for application on welded joints. However, because this product

p
cum
or
is non-conductive, it is not suitable for use with spot-weld work.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
It is recommended to apply a coat of 2-pack HS surfacer over the C py
ht. rig
1-pack anti-corrosion wash primer - ALN 002 003 10- at remaining rig ht
py by
rust spots on corners and edges, as well as areas which have co Vo
by lksw
cted
been sanded bare.
agen
Prote AG.

Substrate
♦ Cleaned and sanded electroplated or roller-galvanised steel
panels or soft aluminium
♦ Lightly sanded factory primer
♦ Fully cured, solvent-resistant, well-preserved and sanded fac‐
tory paint or old paint (with the exception of thermoplastic
paint)
♦ Surfaces prepared with 2-pack polyester products and then
finely sanded
– Thoroughly clean with silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- or
silicone remover, slow-drying - LVM 020 100 A5- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw n t
Amarok by V2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CCo2012
ol
gu
ara
➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
d
rise General ntinformation,
ee Paint - Edition 12.2013
ho
aut or
a
ss c
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P400 to P500-grain sand‐
ce
e
paper and dust collector.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Wet sand with P800 to P1000-grain sandpaper. Completely

remove any rust spots and sand feather edges to old paint.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Application
Thinner:
♦ 2-pack thinner - LVE 009 001 A5-
♦ 2-pack thinner plus - LHA 014 000 A5-
♦ 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2/A5-
– Application viscosity 4 mm, +20 °C, DIN 53211
Add 40% thinner at a material temperature of +20 °C

– If thinner is added, use measuring stick to mix.
Application viscosity 4 mm, gravity-feed spray gun “compliant”

and “HVLP”: agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
DIN 4 mm: 18-20 seconds. d by V gu
ara
rise nte
ISO 4 mm: 44-53 seconds. utho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
1.3-1.4 mm for “compliancy” and “HVLP”.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Adjust spray pressure following manufacturer's instructions to
erm
ab
1.5-3.0 bar for “compliancy”.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Apply in two coats.
– The specified thickness for the dry film is 15-20 µm.
rrectne
Method of application: “brush”
ss o
cial p
f
Note
inform
mer
♦ When “brushing”, apply the material in one or two operations.
atio
om
n
c
♦ Viscosity as supplied is identical to application viscosity.
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Flash-off time is 15-25 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
♦ Apply 2-pack HS surfacer ⇒ page 49
Caution
Do not recoat with polyester products.

Do not recoat with epoxy products.
Do not overpaint directly with waterborne base coat.
Do not use on thermoplastic paint.
The following three-stage structure is recommended:
♦ Prime with 1-pack anti-corrosion wash ageprimer
n AG. Vo-lkALN 002 does
swagen AG
ksw
003 10- by
Vol not
gu
d ara
se nte
♦ Isolate with 2-pack HS surfacer
tho
ri e or
au ac
♦ Finish ss
ce
e
nl
pt
The three-stage structure must be used for galvanised sub‐
du
an
itte
strates.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Data
h re
hole
spec
Viscosity as 90-100 seconds
es, in part or in w
supplied
t to the co
Flash point: Above +23 °C
rrectness of i
2004/42/IIB(c) egory IIB.c) in ready-to-spray form is max.
l purpos
(780)780 780 g/litre of volatile organic compounds. The

VOC content of this product in ready-to-spray
form is max. 780 g/l. nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Storage
om
n in
or c

thi
e
t
sd
iva

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.2.2 1-pack wash primer

Designation:
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007 A2- , light grey
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 171 A2- , dark grey
Issued 08.2013
Product description
1-pack wash primer is a zinc chromate-free single-pack product
suitable for all commonly found metallic substrates.
♦ Suitable for all common metallic substrates
♦ VOC compliant with good corrosion protection

♦ Easy-to-use one-pack product
♦ Has welding certificate.
Substrate
♦ Steel
♦ Lightly sanded factory primer (not for large surfaces of lightly
sanded electrophoretic primer of new parts)
♦ Well-sanded factory paint or old paint (with the exception of
thermoplastic paint)
finely sanded
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Owing to the wide variety of metal alloys ise
d and
by
manufacturing pro‐ ara
nte
cesses, it is essential to carry out a tpreliminary
ho
r test on the eo
respective substrate to ensure that s a the pretreatment is sufficient
u ra
c
to guarantee perfect adhesion. s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
– Clean and lightly sand factory paint or old paint, completely

atio
m
remove any rust spots and sand feather edges to the old paint.
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 V➤ olk,s CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004
wa oes
no➤
t gu, Caddy 2011 ...
d by General information, Paint - aEdition
ran 12.2013
ise
r tee
ho
ut or
– Before recoating, use a suitable cleaning
ss
a
agent to ensure a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Application
Thinner:
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
♦ 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - LVM 009 300 A2- (for large ob‐
f
en
ng
t.
jects and high temperatures)
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Method of application: “spraying”. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


and “HVLP”:
DIN 4 mm: 18-20 seconds
ISO 4 mm: 36-45 seconds

1.3-1.5 mm for “compliancy” and “HVLP”.
– When using as wash primer, apply one spray coat.

Note
Small bare-metal spots may be isolated using waterborne base

coat or 2-pack HS top coat only with wet-on-wet application or
with intermediate sanding on top of 1-pack wash primer - LVM
044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- if the bare-metal spot is not
greater than 5.0 cm in diameter.
Flash-off time at +20 °C ambient temperature, recoat after:

♦ 10-15 minutes with 2-pack HS surfacer .
♦ 20-30 minutes with waterborne base coat (only for small bare-
metal spots)
♦ 10-15 minutes with 2-pack HS top coat (only for small bare-
metal spots)
♦ Dry for sanding in 45-60 minutes
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
40
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. gr.00 - Technical data cted agen
Prote AG.
Recoating
Application Recoat with
As wash primer 2-pack HS surfacer
as wash primer with intermedi‐ Wet sand with P800 to P1000-
ate sanding grade paper
Recoat with:
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coat (only for small
bare-metal spots).
♦ 2-pack HS top coat (only for small bare-metal spots).
Caution
Do not recoat with polyester products.

Do not recoat with epoxy products.
Do not recoat with water-based products.
Cannot be dry sanded.
Data
Viscosity as At least 60 seconds
supplied
form is max. 760 g/l. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
Storage ris
e
tee
tho or
au
The guaranteed shelf life is 24 months
ss from date of production. ac
ce
e
nl
pt

du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos
Designation:
nform
ercia
♦ 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2-

m
at
Issued 10.2010
om
ion
c
in t
r
Product description
o
his
ate
do
riv
The 2-pack wash primer is a zinc chromate-free, phenol-free,

p
cum
or
acid-curing two-pack wash primer from our PVB system.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Passivation qualities provide excellent corrosion protection t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ For all metal substrates, in particular for aluminium and

galvanised steel panels
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Colour: olive grey
Substrate
♦ Bare sheet steel, cleaned and sanded
♦ Lightly sanded factory primer
finely sanded
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
– Clean and lightly sand factory paint
ss or old paint, completely c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Application
Mixing ratio:
– 1:1 by volume with 2-pack additive solution - LHA 004 000 A2-
Pot life:
– Mixed for spraying, 8 to 10 hours at +20 °C
Note
Mixed material must be used the same day.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
and “HVLP”:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m

o
n in
c
1.2-1.4 mm for “compliancy”.

or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
1.3-1.5 mm for “HVLP”.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
2.0-2.5 bar for “compliancy”. . C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
– Adjust atomising pressure following manufacturer's instruc‐
co Vo
by lksw
cted
tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”.
agen
Prote AG.
Drying
Air drying at +20 °C ambient temperature, may be resprayed after
30 minutes
WARNING
Force drying and infrared drying are not possible because they
can cause intermediate adhesion problems.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
After flash-off period at +20 °C, may be resprayed with 2-pack HS
surfacer.
It can then be overpainted with:
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coat
♦ 2-pack HS top coat
Caution
Do not recoat with polyester products, epoxy products or wa‐

ter-based products.
Do not directly overpaint with waterborne base coat or 2-pack
HS top coat.
Data agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
yV gu
Viscosity as At least ised60
b seconds ara
nte
supplied hor eo
aut ra
Flash point: Above
ss +23 °C c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm

ab
pe
ility
ot
form is max. 780 g/l. wit

, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
Coverage was calculated on the basis of the recommended coat

thickness and the percentage by volume of non-volatile material
rrectness of i
(without added thinner). The respective loss during application

l purpos
was not taken into account.

nform
ercia
Storage
m
a
com
Guaranteed shelf life is 24 months from date of production. May

ion in
be used until the date stated on the label at latest if stored in

r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.3 Priming plastic materials

⇒ “3.3.1 Adhesion promoter (transparent)”, page 45
3.3.1 Adhesion promoter (transparent)

Designation:
♦ Adhesion promoter - ALO 822 000 10- (transparent)
Issued 06.2011
Product description
This transparent adhesion promoter is a versatile single-pack ad‐
hesion promoter for all plastic parts commonly found on vehicle
exteriors.
This adhesion promoter is characterised by its excellent adhe‐
sion, high elasticity and easy application.
Substrate
All plastic parts commonly found on vehicle
agen
exteriors.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
♦ PP, EPDM, ABS, PC, PPO, PA,
ed
by R-TPU, PBTP, PVC.
V ua
ran
ris tee
♦ PUR, PUR flexible foam.
au
tho or
ac
ss
♦ UP-GF (fibreglass).
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
The substrate must be free of release agents.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Before cleaning plastic parts, temper them for 60 minutes at
h re
+60 ℃ to “sweat out” the release agents.
ole,
spec
– Clean with anti-static plastic cleaner - LVM 001 001 A2- or with
t to the co
the milder silicone remover, slow-drying - LVM 020 100 A5- .
rrectne
Note
♦ The effort required for the necessary cleaning depends on the ss o

type and quantity of the release agent used. It is recommen‐
cial p
f in
ded to use an emery pad to help in cleaning.

form
mer
atio
♦ Let the thinner evaporate completely (e.g. air-dry overnight at

om
ambient temperature or for 30-40 minutes at +60 °C).

n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
– Before priming, clean lightly once more with anti-static plastic

um
r
fo
cleaner - LVM 001 001 A2- or silicone remover, slow-drying -

en
ng
t.
yi
LVM 020 100 A5- (with anti-static effect).
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Application
Thinner:
– Do not add any thinner!
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Do not add any thinner! The viscosity as supplied is identical to
the application viscosity.
rrectness of i
and “HVLP”:
l purpos
DIN 4 mm: 11 seconds
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
– Adjust spray pressure following manufacturer's instructions to op
yi Co
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Adjust atomising pressure following manufacturer's instruc‐ co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– One full coat is 1-2 µm.
Drying
15 minutes
Recoating
After flash-off period at +20 °C, may be resprayed with 2-pack HS

surfacer elasticized with elastic additive - ALZ 011 001- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Data lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by ara
Viscosity as 11 seconds rised
nte
supplied aut
ho eo
ra
s c
Flash point: Above +23 °C s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Storage
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Storage conditions
The prescribed storage temperature is +20 °C. (Do not store at
temperatures below +5 °C.)
3.4 Surfacer
⇒ “3.4.1 2-pack HS Vario surfacer”, page 49
⇒ “3.4.2 2-pack HS premium surfacer”, page 57
⇒ “3.4.3 2-pack HS mixture surfacer”, page 64
⇒ “3.4.4 2-pack HS Performance surfacer”, page 76
⇒ “3.4.5 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics”,
en AG. V
page
olkswa82
gen AG
ag does
lksw not
⇒ “3.4.6 2-pack HS wet-on-wet
by surfacer”, page 87
Vo gu
ara
ed nte
ris
3.4.1 2-pack HS Vario surfacer au
tho eo
ra
c
ss
Designation:
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ 2-pack HS Vario surfacer - LGF 786 004 A4- , grey

y li
rm
ab
pe
Issued 04.2013 ility

ot
wit
, is n
Product description
h re
hole
spec
2-pack HS Vario surfacer is a high-grade, versatile, VOC-compli‐

es, in part or in w
ant 2-pack HS surfacer based on acrylic resins.

t to the co
Properties:
♦ Can be applied wet-on-wet or as sanding surfacer
rrectness of i
♦ Can be mixed with HS and VHS hardeners

l purpos
♦ Good isolating properties even on old thermoplastic paint

nform
ercia
♦ Very good top coat flow

m
a
com

ion in
r
te o
Substrate
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op
soft aluminium, cleaned, sanded and coated with 2-pack wash C py
ht. rig
primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 rig ht
py by
007/171 A2- co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Finely sanded or unsanded, thoroughly cleaned, original fac‐
tory primer
♦ Lightly sanded factory paint or old paint (including thermo‐
plastic paint)
finely sanded

lease agents
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Then lightly sand. olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Before recoating, use a suitable cleaning agent to ensure a t to the co

rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Application with intermediate sanding py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Mixing ratio: Prote AG.
– 5:1 by volume with:

♦ 2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5-
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 052 A2- / -LHA
009 052 A3-
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 053 A2-

Mixing ratio:
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 021 004 A3-
AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
♦ 2-pack HS hardener - LHA olks
y V 009 041 A3-
ot g
b ua
ed ran
♦ 2-pack HS hardener,
tho
risslow-drying - LHA 009 047 A3- tee
or
au ac
♦ 2-pack HS hardener,
ss extra slow-drying - LHA 009 048 A3-
ce
e
nl
pt
For elasticization, see ⇒ page 57
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Application time/pot life:
hole
spec
– Mixed for spraying, 30-60 minutes at +20 ℃ (depending on
es, in part or in w
t to the co
the hardener used)
Thinner:
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - LVM 009 300 A2-

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate

do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

and “HVLP”:
Add 10-15% HS hardener or 10-20% VHS hardener at material

temperature +20 °C
– If hardener is added, use measuring stick to mix.

olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Adjust atomising pressure following olksmanufacturer's instruc‐ s not g
wag doe
tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”. ed by V ua
ra
is nte
or
– Two spray coats are necessary
au
th to achieve a dry-film thickness eo
ra
of 50-80 µm. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Three spray coats are necessary to achieve a dry-film thick‐
an
d
itte
ness of 100-120 µm.

y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Drying with intermediate sanding
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Air dry at +20 °C ambient temperature; must dry overnight before

t to the co
sanding
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Final flash-off time with force drying is at least 5-10 minutes.

do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

en AG. Volkswagen A
Amarok 2011 ks➤
wa,gBeetle 2012 ➤ , G
CCdoe2012
s no ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
Vol t gu
ed by General information,
ara Paint - Edition 12.2013
ris nte
tho eo
Force drying at +60 temperature up to 80 µm, 20-30 °C
ss
a material
u ra
c
minutes, and greater than 80 µm, 40-45 minutes.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Final flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5-10 minutes.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Infrared drying (depending on coat thickness) with medium-wave

radiant heater, 10-20 minutes and with short-wave radiant heater,
10 minutes.
Further steps
– Wet sand with P800 to P1000-grain sandpaper.
Recoating with intermediate sanding

wage es n
Recoat with: yV
olks ot g
ua
b
ed ran
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack
thoris
HS clear coat tee
or
au ac
♦ 2-pack HS top coat ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Application as “wet-on-wet” surfacer
Mixing ratio:
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5- nf
ercia

or
009 052 A3-

m
m
atio
om

n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Mixing ratio: Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– 3:1 by volume with: p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 021 004 A3- Prote AG.
♦ 2-pack HS hardener - LHA 009 041 A3-

♦ 2-pack HS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 047 A3-
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 048 A3-
the hardener used)
Thinner:


and “HVLP”:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
DIN 4 mm: 16-18 seconds ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Add 20-25% HS hardener or 30% VHS hardener at material tem‐

perature +20 °C.
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– The specified thickness for the dry film is 25-30 µm. One or
two spray coats are necessary to achieve this.
“Wet-on-wet” application
Flash-off time before application of top coat at +20 °C ambient
temperature:
♦ 15-20 minutes up to max. 90 minutes with 2-pack HS top coat
♦ 25-30 minutes up to max. 90 minutes with waterborne base
coat
♦ 30-35 minutes up to max. 90 minutes with Aqua-Premium wa‐
terborne base coat
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating as “wet-on-wet” surfacer

Recoat with:
Special notes
Elasticization for rigid and semi-rigid plastics:
♦ First mix the base material with 15% elastic additive - ALZ 011
001- . Mixing ratio 3:1 with VHS hardeners and 20% thinner,
2:1 with HS hardeners and 20% thinner.
♦ Any substrate defects can be treated with 2-pack polyester
filler. After drying and intermediate sanding, isolate the filler
patches with 2-pack HS Vario surfacer.
♦ To achieve an optimal finish on passenger cars, it is recom‐
mended to let the surfacer dryagovernight
en AG. V
olksbefore sanding
wagen AG
do it.
w es n
olks o
♦ Do not apply wet-on-wet ed
by on top of thermoplastic factory finish,
V t gu
ara
and if possible lethothe surfacer dry overnight before sanding it.
ris nte
e
t or
au ac
♦ A minimum temperature
ss of +15°C is recommended for air dry‐
ing.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Caution
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
The flash-off times increase to between 30 and 40 minutes
h re
before applying base coats or 2-pack top coats.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Data
rrectness of i
supplied
l purpos

nform
ercia
2004/42/IIB(c) egory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max. 540

(540)540 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
m
a
com

ion in
max. 540 g/l.

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
Storage
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.4.2 2-pack HS premium surfacer

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer - LVM 013 171 A4- , dark grey
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer - LGF 013 007 A4- , light grey
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer - LGF 013 100 A4- , white
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer - LGF 013 190 A4- , anthracite

Issued 04.2013
Product description
2-pack HS premium surfacer is a very high-grade two-pack HS
sanding surfacer based on acrylic resins.
Properties:
♦ Very long application time
♦ Optimal, reliable application properties
♦ Excellent sanding properties
♦ Excellent vertical stability
♦ Very high coverage
♦ Excellent filling power
♦ Outstanding top coat flow
Substrate
Suitable substrates: . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
♦ Sheet steel, electroplated or roller galvanized sheet steel or y Volk not
gu
soft aluminium, cleaned, sanded and coated with 2-pack risewash
db ara
nte
primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack wash primer - uLVM tho 044 eo
ra
007/171 A2- ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
tory primer
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
plastic paint)
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
finely sanded
es, in part or in w
t to the co
lease agents
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Then lightly sand.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Application an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Mixing ratio: ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

♦ 2-pack HS hardener, extra fast-drying - LHA 009 046 A2-
rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia
Mixing ratio:
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2-

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
009 052 A3- C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 053 A2- cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC y V 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy
olk not
gu 2011 ...
b ara
General information, Paint - Edition
rised
12.2013 nte
ho eo
aut ra
Application time/pot life: ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
the hardener used).
y li
erm
ab
ility
Thinner:
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

and “HVLP”.
Add 10% VHS hardener at material temperature +20 °C.

HS hardener is not necessary, but up to 10% may be added.


1.5-3.0 bar for “compliancy”. en AG. Volkswagen AG
ag does
ksw n
– Adjust atomising pressure Vol following manufacturer's instruc‐
ot g
by ua
tions to 0.7 bar forrise“HVLP”.
d ran
te
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ness of 80-300 µm.
wit
, is n
h re
The maximum dry-film thickness for air drying is 300 μm.
hole
spec
The maximum dry-film thickness for force drying is 250 μm.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The maximum dry-film thickness for IR drying is 200 μm.
The maximum dry-film thickness of black paint for IR drying is
rrectness of i
180 μm.
l purpos
The specified thickness for the dry film is 80-200 µm.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Drying
om
n in
or c
The material can be sanded after 3-4 hours (film thickness of

thi
te
80-150 µm and air drying at +20 °C ambient temperature).

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
If a film thickness of 150-300 µm was applied, allow the material

o
m
f
en
ng
to dry overnight before sanding.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature up to 80-150 µm,

25-30 minutes, and 150-250 µm 35-40 minutes.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Infrared drying (depending on coat thickness) with medium-wave
wit
is n
radiant heater, 15-20 minutes and with short-wave radiant heater,
h re
ole,
10-15 minutes.
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
Further steps
or
n thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Recoating
h re
hole
spec
Recoat with:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Special notes
l purpos

nf
ercia
001- . Mixing ratio 3:1 with HS hardeners and no thinner, 4:1
orm
with VHS hardeners and 5% thinner.
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
patches with 2-pack HS premium surfacer.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
♦ When isolating certain spots - even on problem substrates -
f
en
ng
t.
yi
the best results are achieved with a medium film thickness of
Co
op py
80-120 μm in 2 coats, after either air drying overnight, force
. C rig
ht ht
rig
drying or infrared drying. With problem substrates, careful pre‐ py by
co Vo
treatment is imperative, and the surfacer must be applied to
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
the entire surface.
AG.
♦ For isolating thermoplastic paint, 2-pack HS Vario surfacer -

LGF 786 004 A4- , grey is recommended.
Data
supplied
max. 540 g/l.
Storage
3.4.3 2-pack HS mixture surfacer

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer - LGF 810 150 A4- , white
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer - LGF 810 151 A4- , black
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer - LGF 810 152 A4- , red
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer - LGF 810 153 A2- , yellow
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer - LGF 810 154 A2- , blue
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer - LGF 810 155 A2- , green
Issued 04.2013
Product description
2-pack HS mixture surfacer is an innovative coloured 2-pack HS
surfacer system based on new generation acrylic resins.
The system comprises six coloured surfacers (white, black, yel‐
low, red, green and blue). These may be mixed with each other
using simple formulas.
This system is VOC compliant in all combinations.
Properties:
1 - Can be used as an interior paint and can be applied “wet-on-
wet” as surfacer
♦ Excellent, easy and versatile application
♦ Good levelling
♦ Very fast flash-off AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Very good top coat flow by
Vo gu
ara
ed
is nte
♦ Excellent vertical stability ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
♦ Very high coverage s
ce
le
un
pt
2 - Suitable as sanding surfacer
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Good sanding properties
pe
ility
ot
wit
♦ Excellent filling power
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Very good drying properties

spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Long pot life

t to the co
rrectness of i
Substrate
l purpos
nform
ercia
soft aluminium, cleaned, sanded and coated with 2-pack wash

primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044
m
007/171 A2-
com
tion in
r

te o
thi
tory primer
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
♦ Lightly sanded factory paint or old paint (except thermoplastic

fo
en
g
acrylics)
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
finely sanded
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
lease agents

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
– Then lightly sand. utho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
s
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Application as interior paint
Mixing ratio:
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, special - LHA 009 049 A3-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Mixing ratio: byV
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
– 3:1 by volume with: ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
009 052 A3-
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
the hardener used)
rrectness of i
Additive:
l purpos
♦ Mixture surfacer additive - LZS 811 000 A2-
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

and “HVLP”: 16-19 seconds
Add 20% HS hardener or 40% VHS hardener at material temper‐

ature +20 °C.



ness of 30-70 µm.
Depending on colour, more spray coats may be necessary.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
by gu
d ara
When applied in the interior, no htop
orise coat is necessary. nte
eo
ut ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Application as “wet-on-wet” surfacer
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Mixing ratio:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 047 A3- rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
Mixing ratio:
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 052 A2- / -LHA C py
t. rig
009 052 A3-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 053 A2- cted agen
Prote AG.

– Mixed for spraying, 60 minutes at +20 ℃ (depending on the
hardener used)
Additive:
♦ Mixture surfacer additive - LZS 811 000 A2-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
Add 20-30% HS hardener or 40-50% VHS hardener at material

om
temperature +20 °C
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen
– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer's
wage instructions to does n
n AG
olks
1.2-1.4 mm for “compliancy”. db
y V ot g
ua
e ran
ris tee
– Adjust spray nozzle followinguthmanufacturer's
o instructions to or
1.3-1.5 mm for “HVLP”. ss a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– One or two spray coats are necessary to achieve a dry-film
thickness of 30 µm.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Flash-off time for “wet-on-wet” application before applying top gh ht
yri by
coat at +20 °C ambient temperature: cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ For waterborne base coats: 30-120 minutes
♦ For 2-pack HS top coat: 15-120 minutes
Fast spot-repair system

Flash-off time for “wet-on-wet” application before applying top
coat at +20 °C ambient temperature:
♦ With 2-pack HS hardener, extra fast-drying - LHA 009 046
A2- : 15 minutes
♦ With 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- :
15 minutes
Mixture surfacer additive - LZS 811 000 A2- at material temper‐

ature +20 °C: 20-30% HS hardener or 40-50% VHS hardener
– If additive is added, use measuring stick to mix.
Add 10% 2-pack thinner plus - LHA 014 000 A5- at +20°C material
temperature.
Recoating
Recoat with: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coat by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
♦ 2-pack HS top coat hor eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Application as sanding surfacer spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Mixing ratio:
rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m
atio

om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Mixing ratio: agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
o lksw not
V gu
– 7:1 by volume with: ed by ara
nte
ris
o eo
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener,
aut
h
fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
009 052 A3-
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
the hardener used)
l purpos
Thinner:
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Method of application: “spraying”. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Add 15% HS hardener or 25% VHS hardener at material temper‐

ature +20 °C.

– Adjust atomising pressure following manufacturer's instruc‐ AG. Volkswagen A
tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”. olks
wage
n G do
es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Depending on the spray nozzle, two to four spray coats are
an
itte
y li
necessary to achieve a dry-film thickness of 200 µm.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The maximum dry-film thickness for air drying is 200 μm.
wit
, is n
h re
The maximum dry-film thickness for force drying is 150 μm.
hole
spec
The maximum dry-film thickness of light-coloured paints for IR
es, in part or in w
drying is 150 μm.
t to the co
The maximum dry-film thickness of dark-coloured paints for IR
drying is 120 μm.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Drying
m
at

om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Force drying at +60 °C material temperature, 60-150 µm

30-35 minutes.
Final flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5-10 minutes. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Infrared drying (depending on film thickness): medium-wave ra‐
diant heater, 15 minutes and short-wave radiant heater, 10 mi‐
rrectness of i
nutes (dry 2 minutes at 50% power and 8 minutes at 100%
power).
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Further steps
Recoating
Recoat with:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Special notes
ility
ot p
wit

, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
♦ Firsts mix the base material with 15% elastic additive - ALZ
s c 011
001- .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ For “wet-on-wet” application with 2-pack HS hardener, 2:1 or
y li
erm
ab
30% mixture surfacer additive - LZS 811 000 A2-
ility
ot p
♦ For “wet-on-wet” application with 2-pack VHS hardener, 3:1 or
wit
is n
40% mixture surfacer additive - LZS 811 000 A2-
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Application as “sanding surfacer” with 2-pack HS hardener 3:1

and 10% thinner
t to the co
♦ Application as “sanding surfacer” with 2-pack VHS hardener
4:1 and 20% thinner
rrectne
♦ The minimum flash-off time before the application of a water‐
borne base coat increases to 45 minutes at 20+ °C ambient
ss
temperature.
o
cial p
f inform
♦ Force drying (oven drying) increases to 45 minutes when used

mer
as a “sanding surfacer”.
atio
om

c
i
or
n thi

te
sd
a
patches with 2-pack HS mixture surfacer.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
drying or infrared drying. With problem substrates, careful pre‐
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
the entire surface.
AG.

♦ For air drying, a minimum temperature of +8-15 °C and the
use of 2-pack HS hardener, extra fast-drying - LHA 009 046
A2- is recommended.
Data
supplied
max. 540 g/l.
Storage
Guaranteed shelf life is 24 months from date of production and
the guaranteed shelf life of mixture surfacer additive, 48 months.
3.4.4 2-pack HS Performance surfacer

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS Performance surfacer - LVM 014 100 A4- , white
♦ 2-pack HS Performance surfacer - LVM 014 173 A4- , dark
grey
♦ 2-pack HS Performance surfacer - LVM 014 190 A4- , anthra‐
cite
Issued 07.2013
Product description
2-pack HS Performance surfacer is a very high-grade two-pack
HS sanding surfacer based on acrylic resins.
Properties:
♦ Fast drying
♦ Very good spraying properties
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Excellent vertical stability agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
♦ Very easy to sand orise nte
th eo
u ra
♦ High non-volatile content results in
ss avery good coverage c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Substrate
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
007/171 A2-
rrectness of i
tory primer
♦ Lightly sanded factory paint or old paint (except thermoplastic
l purpos
acrylics)
nform
ercia

finely sanded
m
a
com
tio

n in
r
lease agents
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Then lightly sand. olksw
agen oes
not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
It is recommended to mix 2-pack HS Performance surfacer - LVM

m
014 ...- in a mixing machine.

a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Application
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Mixing ratio: Prote
cted AG.
agen

♦ 2-pack VHS Performance hardener - LVM 009 038 A2-
♦ 2-pack VHS Performance hardener, slow-drying - LVM 009
039 A2-
♦ (for very high technical durability)
Note
♦ Mixing by weight is possible with the help of Wizard Plus.

♦ Observe national explosion prevention guidelines.

– Ready for spraying, 45-75 minutes at +20 ℃ (depending on
the hardener used).
Thinner:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
and “HVLP”.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Add 10-15% VHS Performance hardener at material temperature

nform
ercia
+20 °C.
m
a
com

ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– One to three spray coats (with intermediate flash-off time) are

necessary to attain the recommended dry-film thickness of
60-250 µm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Drying
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature up to 60-150 µm,

15-20 minutes, and 150-250 µm 20-25 minutes.
Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen does
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Infrared drying (depending on film thickness): short-wave radiant

en
ng
t.
yi Co
heater, 10 minutes (dry 2 minutes at 50% power and 8 minutes Cop py
at 100% power).
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Further steps

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Wet sand with P800 to VP1000-grain
olks
w
sandpaper. not
gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Recoating
rrectness of i
Recoat with:
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Special notes py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Elasticization for rigid and semi-rigid plastics: Prote AG.
001- . Mixing ratio 4:1 with VHS Performance hardeners and
10% thinner.
patches with 2-pack HS Performance surfacer.
drying or infrared drying. With problem substrates, careful pre‐
the entire surface.
♦ A minimum temperature of +15°C is recommended for air dry‐
ing.
Data
supplied
max. 540 g/l.
Storage
Guaranteed shelf life:
♦ 2-pack HS Performance surfacer - LVM 014 ...- , 24 months
from production date.
♦ 2-pack VHS Performance hardener - LVM 009 038 A2- , 12
months from production date.
039 A2- , 36 months from production date.
3.4.5 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics

Designation:
♦ 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 009 A2- , white
♦ 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 040 A2- , black
Issued 08.2013
Product description
This product is a high-grade 2-pack primer surfacer for plastic
parts.
Properties:
♦ Good adhesion on all plastics commonly used for passenger
cars
♦ Wet-on-wet application
♦ Efficient paint system
♦ Easy to use AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ Very long application time byV
ol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
Technical data sheet hor eo
aut ra
c
Substrate ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ All common exterior plastic car parts

pe
ility
ot
♦ PP, PP/EPDM, ABS, SAN, PC, PA, PUR-RIM, R-TPU, TPO,

wit
, is n
PBTP, PVC
h re
hole
spec
♦ PUR, PUR flexible foam.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ UP-GF (fibreglass).
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
♦ The effort required for the necessary cleaning depends on the

gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
lksw n
♦ Let the thinner evaporated bcompletely
yV
o
(e.g. air-dry overnight atua
ot g
ambient temperatureoor
ris for 30-40 minutes at +60 °C).
e ran
tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
– Before applying the primer surfacer, clean lightly once more

nl
pt
du
with anti-static plastic cleaner - LVM 001 001 A2- or silicone
an
itte
y li
remover, slow-drying - LVM 020 100 A5- (with anti-static ef‐
erm
ab
fect).
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Application
nf
ercia
or
Thinner:
m
m
atio
om
– Do not add any thinner!

n in
or c
thi
e
Mixing ratio:
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– 1:1 by volume with hardener for 2-pack primer surfacer - LHA

o
m
f
en
ng
005 000 A2- .

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Mixed for spraying, 7 to 9 hours at +20 °C
Note
Do not add any thinner! The material is ready to spray after hard‐
ener has been added.
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 agen➤ , CC 2012 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG,dCaddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
oes
ksw not
General information,byPaint
Vol
- Edition 12.2013 gu
a
ed ran
oris tee
Method of application:a“spraying”.
ut
h or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f in
and “HVLP”:
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Apply in one spray operation (apply a tack coat followed by a

full coat).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
Amarok 2011 ➤ ,thBeetle
oris
2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004n➤ tee , Caddy 2011 ...
or
u
ss
a General information, Paint - Edition ac 12.2013
ce
e
nl
pt
Drying
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
15 minutes.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
Recoating
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
May be resprayed wet-on-wet with a suitable top coat after a

flash-off time of 15-20 minutes (up to 24 hours maximum) at +20 °
C.
Note
♦ If required, 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics can be sanded

lightly with P800 to P1000-grade wet sandpaper after low bak‐
ing for 30 minutes at +60 °C material temperature or air drying
for 2 hours at +20 °C ambient temperature.
♦ Any defects in the substrate can be treated with 2-pack fine
filler - LSP 784 002 A2- after the 2-pack primer surfacer for
plastics has dried.
♦ Filler spots must be isolated with 2-pack primer surfacer for
plastics before the top coat is applied.

♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coat AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ 2-pack HS top coat by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut
WARNING ss a ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
Painted plastic parts must not be cleaned with a high-pressure
du
an
itte
cleaner during the first 6 weeks. After this period, the nozzle
y li
erm
ab
must be held at a distance of no less than 30 cm from the ob‐
ility
ot p
ject.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Data
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Vis‐ Hardener for 2-pack primer 11 seconds
cosity surfacer
as sup‐
rrectness of i
2-pack primer surfacer for 100 seconds
plied plastics
l purpos
Flash Above +23 ℃

point:
nform
mercia
at
Storage
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
at
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012th➤o , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011
r e o ...
u ra
ss a General information, Paint - Edition 12.2013 c
ce
le
un
pt
Storage conditions
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
The prescribed storage temperature for the 2-pack primer sur‐
pe
ility
facer for plastics is +20 °C.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
The prescribed storage temperature for the hardener for 2-pack
hole
primer surfacer is +20 °C. (Do not store at temperatures below
spec
+5 °C.) If it has been exposed to freezing temperatures, the hard‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ener must first be heated up to +20 °C. Then it is ready for use.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
3.4.6 2-pack HS wet-on-wet surfacer
m
a
com
ti
Designation:
on in
r
te o
thi
♦ 2-pack HS wet-on-wet surfacer - LVM 013 008 A4- , light grey
s
iva
do
r
Issued 07.2013
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
Product description
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Light grey 2-pack HS wet-on-wet surfacer is a high-grade product yri
gh by
ht
based on acrylic resins. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Properties:
AG.
♦ Very good application properties

♦ Long pot life
♦ Good levelling
♦ Quick and easy to apply and to recoat
♦ Efficient wet-on-wet application, in particular with waterborne
base coats
♦ Very good durability
Substrate
007/171 A2-
tory primer
plastic paint)
finely sanded
lease agents
Substrate pretreatment: agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
– Carefully clean with silicone remover
ed by - LVM 020 000 A5- or ara
nte
silicone remover, long - LVMtho020 100 A5- .
ris
eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Then, sand lightly.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Before recoating, clean the surface using a suitable cleaning ht. rig
rig ht
agent to ensure it is free of residue.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Wet-on-wet application
Mixing ratio:
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, long - LHA 009 052 A2- / -LHA 009 052
A3-
♦ 2K extra slow-drying VHS hardener - LHA 009 053 A2-

Mixing ratio:
♦ 2K HS hardener - LHA 009 041 A3-

the hardener used).
Thinner:
Method of application: “spray”. AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

and “HVLP”.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
– One to two spray coats are necessary to achieve the recom‐
do
r
mended dry-film thickness of 25-30 µm.

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Before recoating, observe the flash-off time of 15 to 20 minutes

at an ambient temperature of 20°C.
Note
♦ Within a period of 120 minutes max., the material can be re‐

coated ONLY with Aquaplus waterborne base coat or Aqua
Premium base coat.
♦ Within a period of 90 minutes max., the material can be re‐
coated with 2-pack HS top coat.

Recoating
Recoat with:
Special notes
♦ First mix the base material with 30 % elastic additive - ALZ 011
001- . Mixing ratio with VHS hardeners is 3:1 with 20% thinner;
mixing ratio with HS hardeners is 2:1 with 20% thinner.
Note
G. Volkswagen AG d
The flash-off time increases to between 30 and 45 lminutes
wage before
nA oes
o ks not
applying base coats or 2-pack topcoats. db
y V gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
Specifications au ra
c
ss
ce
e
Flash point: Above +23°C

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
2004/42/IIB(c) egory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max.
ility
ot p
(540)540 540 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
wit
, is n
h re
max. 540 g/l.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Storage
The guaranteed shelf life is 24 months from date of production. If
rrectness of i
stored in sealed original container at +20°C, the product must be
processed at the latest by the end of the date stated on the label.
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
3.5 Top coats
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ “3.5.1 2-pack HS top coat”, page 91
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
⇒ “3.5.2 Aquaplus system, uni (solid-colour) and metallic colours”,
Prote AG.
page 97
⇒ “3.5.3 Aquaplus system (pearlescent and heliochrome)”,
page 103
⇒ “3.5.4 Aquaplus blending system”, page 109
⇒ “3.5.5 Aqua Premium system”, page 113
⇒ “3.5.6 Aqua Premium blending system”, page 123
⇒ “3.5.7 Aqua Premium system (painting rims)”, page 128
3.5.1 2-pack HS top coat

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS uni (solid-colour top) coat - L2K 073 ... ..-
♦ 2-pack HS mixture paint - L2K 074 ... ..-
Issued 04.2013
Product description
The 2-pack HS top coat series is a high-solid, uni (solid-colour)
top-coat system. It is used for car finishing.
The colour range is comprehensive due to a selection of mixture
paints adjusted for this purpose.
Properties:
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Fast drying
♦ Excellent top coat flow
♦ VOC conformity under 420 g/l
Substrate
♦ Surfaces treated with primer or surfacer. Volkswage
AG n AG d
agen oes
Suitable priming materials: olksw not
V gu
by ara
ed
• Depends on the object risand the substrate, in accordance with ntee
tho
our recommendations
s au for structure
or
ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Or lightly “wet” sand using P800 to P1000-grain sandpaper.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
Application
mer
atio
Mixing ratio:
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
va
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- (for small
i
o
pr
cum
r
areas and spot repair)

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5- Cop py
(for small to medium-size areas at moderate temperatures)
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote
009 052 A3- (for larger areas at moderate temperatures)
AG.

(for large areas at high temperatures)
♦ See technical data sheet for 2-pack VHS hardener
⇒ page 176
Note
The mixture ratio for black matt - L2K 073 3FZ A2- and grey matt
- L2K 073 7DL A2- is 4:1 with 2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009
051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5- .
lkswagen AG
n AG. V-oEdition
General information,
swa
gePaint 12.2013
does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
Application time/pot
ris life:
e nte
utho eo
ra
– Mixed forssspraying,
a 60 to 90 minutes at +20 °C. c
ce
le
May be thinned with 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- ,
un
pt
an
d
HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- or 2-pack thinner, slow drying
itte
y li
- LVM 009 300 A2-
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
If HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- is used, observe the tech‐
t to the co
nical data sheet ⇒ page 185 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Application viscosity for +20 °C material temperature.
cted agen
Prote AG.
Application viscosity “compliant” and “HVLP”:

18-20 seconds
18-25 seconds for black matt - L2K 073 3FZ A2- and grey matt -
L2K 073 7DL A2- .
– Add 12.5% thinner at +20 °C material temperature.


– One-and-a-half spray coats are necessary to achieve the rec‐

ommended dry-film thickness of 50-60 µm.
Note
♦ When used for spot repairs (Clever Repair method), 12.5% HS

spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- may be substituted for the
12.5% 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- .
♦ Do not apply to horizontal surfaces.
♦ The first half-coat should form a uniformly thin film over which
a full spray coat is directly sprayed.
♦ If the paint hue does not hide well, it may be necessary to apply
an additional spray coat after an appropriate flash-off time. 2-
pack HS top coat can be recoated with more of the same paint
within 24 hours without »intermediate sanding«.
♦ The mixing colours in this mixing paint series can
agen
AG.be
Volused
kswageonly
n AG d
o
as part of a colour formula. If any mixing
yV
olks colour is applied
w es n
ot g
alone, the results may differ substantially
ed
b to the description in ua
ran
this technical data sheet. ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
Drying
pt
an
d
itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Dust dry in 20-30 minutes

ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Dry for assembly in 5-6 hours

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Dry overnight
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform

mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature in 15-20 minutes.
The final flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5 minutes.
Infrared drying of light colours with short-wave radiant heater: 5

minutes at 50% power and then 10 minutes at 100% power.
Infrared drying of light colours with medium-wave
agen radiant
AG. Volkswagen AG heater:
does
15 minutes olksw not
yV gu b ara
ed
Infrared drying of dark colours
ho
ris with medium-wave radiant heater: nte
e
12 minutes aut or
ac
s s
ce
Infrared drying of dark colours with short-wave radiant heater: 12

e
nl
pt
du
minutes at 50% power

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
If a short-wave radiant dryer is operated at 100% power to dry

spec
es, in part or in w
dark colours, bubbles or blisters may develop when the next coat
t to the co
is applied.
rrectness of i
Special notes:
l purpos
Elasticization:
nf
ercia
001- .
orm
m
atio
♦ Mixture with 2-pack VHS hardeners, 3:1 with 15% thinner

om
n in
or c
Matting and texturing:

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
aa
Amarok 2011 ➤ris, Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy r2004
ed
nte ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
o eo
aut
h
General information, Paint r a - Edition 12.2013
ss c
ce
e
♦ First mix the base material with 100 % matting additive - ALN
nl
pt
du
an
775 106- or fine texture additive - ALN 775 108- .
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note
, is n
h re
hole
spec
♦ No further addition of matting additive - ALN 775 106- is nec‐
es, in part or in w
essary for the 2-pack uni (solid-colour) top coats black matt -
t to the co
L2K 073 3FZ A2- and grey matt - L2K 073 7DL A2- because
they are already prepared for a matt finish.
rrectness of i
♦ Mixing ratio with 2-pack VHS hardeners - LHA 009 051 A2- /
-LVM 009 051 A5- is 4:1 with 15% thinner.
l purpos
♦ Two spray coats with 5-10 minutes flash-off time are neces‐
sary for a uniform paint film surface.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Data
om
n in
or c
Viscosity as Depends on paint colour
thi
te
supplied
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Flash point: +23 °C
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
(d)(420)420 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC py by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
max. 420 g/l.
Prote AG.
Storage
Guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS uni (solid-colour) top coat
- L2K 073 ... ..- is 24 months from production date.
The guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS mixing paint - L2K
074 ... ..- is 36 months from production date. Both products may
3.5.2 Aquaplus system, uni (solid-colour) and

metallic colours
Designation:
♦ Uni (solid-colour) waterborne mixing paint - LWM 075 ...-
♦ Metallic waterborne mixing paint - LWM 076 ...-
♦ Uni (solid-colour) waterborne base coat - LUW/LWG 038 ...-
♦ Metallic waterborne base coat - LMW/LWG 039 ...-
Issued 11.2012
Product description
The Aquaplus system is a high-grade waterborne base coat sys‐
tem. It is based on a special PU dispersion technology for high-
grade two-stage solid and metallic colours.
Properties:
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Good vertical stability
♦ Good hiding power

♦ Recoatable with 2-pack HS clear coat
♦ VOC compliant
Note
After overspraying with 2-pack HS clear coat, it produces a high-

gloss, weather-resistant finish.

Substrate
♦ Intact old paint
♦ Surfaces coated with primer or surfacer (2-pack HS surfacer)
♦ Substrates isolated with 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007
A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2-
♦ For plastic surfaces, substrates isolated with 2-packkswprimer
age es n
surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 009 A2- / -LKF Vol 040 A2-
696
y
ot g
ua
db e ran
ris tee
♦ See special notes ⇒ page 99 utho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
– Thoroughly clean factory paint, old paint or 2-pack HS surfacer
d
itte
y li
with silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- or silicone remover,
rm
ab
pe
slow-drying - LVM 020 100 A5- .
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
w agen oes
– Wipe off any excess silicone remover with a lint-freeyV
cloth,
olks not
gu
leaving no streaks. ise
d b ara
nte
r
ho eo
Special notes aut ra
c
ss
♦ Areas sanded to bare metal must be isolated with 1-pack wash
ce
le
un
pt
primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- . Bare metal
an
d
itte
y li
spots must not be larger than 5.0 cm in diameter.
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ If 2-pack HS surfacer is used, bare metal spots must be iso‐
ot
wit
, is n
lated with 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack
h re
wash primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- .
hole
spec
Application
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Mixing containers:
• Plastic containers or tinplate containers with inner coating
rrectness of i
Sieves:
l purpos
• Waterborne base coats are to be filtered through waterproof

125 μm quick sieves before application by means of cup sys‐
nform
ercia
tems.
m
a
com
t
Thinner:
ion in
r
te o
• Aquaplus demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5- (according

thi
s
iva
to ISO 3696) do
r
rp
cum
fo
• Use Aquaplus measuring stick.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
• At higher temperatures (>+25°) and high relative humidity C py
ht. rig
(>60%), adding 0-5% demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5- rig ht
py by
is sufficient. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ For reasons of safety, mixtures which include both micro silver

extra - LWM 076 817 A2/A4- and translucent oxide - LWM 075
831 A1- may not be stored. Risk of pressure increase in the
closed tin.
♦ Any unused material is immediately to be disposed of properly.
⇒ page 102 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– The application viscosity at +20 ℃ is the “compliant” and
t to the co
“HVLP” mixing viscosity.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Add 10% thinner at +20 °C material temperature.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.3 mm for “HVLP”.

– One spray operation includes a tack coat followed by a full

coat. A “finish coat” is recommended for special-effect colours.
Note
If the paint hue does not hide well, it may be necessary to apply
additional spray coats after an appropriate flash-off time.
Drying
The flash-off time for clear coat application is 20 minutes at +20 °

C.
Ways to reduce flash-off times for small areas:
♦ Surface matting can be accelerated by blowing on it witholkan
swa
ge es n
ot g
air diffuser (hand-held or stationary device). db
y V ua
ran
e
ris tee
♦ It is also possible to blow on it with the spray gun thoafter waiting or
au
at least 5 minutes. ss ac
ce
e
nl
Ways to reduce flash-off times for large areas:
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Surface matting can be accelerated by using stationary air dif‐
erm
ab
fusing units (e.g. ceiling system), infrared drying or low baking.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Ceiling system: 10-15 minutes

h re
hole
♦ Infrared drying: 3-5 minutes spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Cooling time at least 5 minutes
Low baking at +60 °C

rrectness of i
♦ Combination booth: at least 10 minutes including heat-up time

l purpos
♦ Low-bake oven: at least 5 minutes

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
Note
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
The specified flash-off and drying times depend on the tempera‐

p
cum
or
ture, humidity, air drop speed in the spray booth and the number
f
en
ng
of coats applied. The surface must, however, first appear com‐

t.
yi Co
op
pletely matt.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat from the Volkswagen Genuine paint pro‐
gramme
Special notes
Blending system (for achieving a perfect colour transition from
repair to adjacent areas)
• Preparation:
– Sand surfaced areas (dry with P400 to P500-grade paper or
wet with P800 to P1000-grade waterproof paper).
– Thoroughly but lightly sand the adjacent areas to which no
surfacer was applied with a fine emery pad.
– Thoroughly clean the whole surface with silicone remover -
LVM 020 000 A5- to remove any dust, paint residue from
sanding or any other impurities.
– Wipe off any excess silicone remover with a lint-free cloth,
leaving no streaks.
– Allow the moisture on substrates which have been wet sanded
or cleaned to evaporate completely.
• Blending system for metallic and solid colours:
– Spray the area on which the surfacer was applied with mixed
waterborne base coat at spray viscosity so that it forms an
opaque film.
– Extend the area of application of each subsequent coat
through a process of overlapping so that only a fade-out area
remains.
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
– Extend this fade out area and blend in, spraying Vol with reduced
ksw not
gu
pressure. ed by ara
nte
is
or eo
– After an appropriate final flash-off time,au 2-pack HS
th clear coat ra
can be applied. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Product application
du
an
itte
y li
erm
♦ Spraying equipment must be suitable for applying water-

ab
ility
based products; manufacturers' instructions must be followed.

ot p
wit
, is n
♦ The mixing colours in this top coat series can be used only as
h re
hole
part of a colour formula. If any mixing colour is applied alone,

spec
the results may differ substantially from the description in this

es, in part or in w
t to the co
technical data sheet.

Cleaning of tools
rrectness of i
♦ Rinse with Aquaplus demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5-

before and after use. Then wash out with nitrocellulose thinner
l purpos
- LVE 856 000 A3- .

Waste disposal
nform
ercia
♦ Collect liquid water-based waste separately from conventional

m
at
om
liquid waste. If the two are mixed, it may be impossible to dis‐

ion
c
pose of the mixture, or at best difficult, and therefore expen‐

in t
or
his
e
sive.
at
do
priv
Health and safety

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ A face mask must be worn when applying water-based prod‐
Co
op py
ucts. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Data
(d)(420)420 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
max. 420 g/l.
Storage
Guaranteed storage time of the individual products is
24 months from production date.
n AG. Volkswagen AG
♦ Uni (solid-colour)olkwaterborne
swa
ge base coat -doLUW/LWG
es n
ot g 038 ...-
24 months from
d by V production date. ua
r
e an
ris te
♦ Metallicuthwaterborne
o
mixing paint - LWM 076 ...- 24 months
eo
ra
from sproduction
s a
date. c
ce
le
un
♦ Metallic waterborne base coat - LMW/LWG 039 ...-
pt
an
d
18-24 months from production date.

itte
y li
erm
ab
All products may be used until the date stated on the label at latest
ility
ot p
if stored in sealed original containers at +20 °C.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Storage conditions
The optimal storage temperature is +20 °C. (Do not store at tem‐ t to the co
peratures below +5 °C.)
The preferred storage temperature range is +15 °C to +25 °C.
rrectne
Short-term storage (approx. 4 weeks) between +5 °C and +35 °

s
C is possible.
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
3.5.3 Aquaplus system (pearlescent and heli‐

um
r
fo
en
ng
ochrome)
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Designation:
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
♦ Pearlescent waterborne base coat - LPW 040 ...-
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Heliochrome waterborne base coat - LHW 046 ...-

♦ Pearlescent waterborne mixing paint - LWM 076 ...-
Issued 11.2012
Product description
The Aquaplus system is a high-grade waterborne base coat sys‐
tem based on special PU dispersions.
The base coat can be used for two-stage pearlescent or helio‐
chrome finishes on passenger cars and commercial vehicles.
Properties:
♦ Easy to apply

♦ VOC compliant AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or
Note aut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Substrate
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Substrates isolated with 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007
l purpos
A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2-

♦ For plastic surfaces, substrates isolated with 2-pack primer
nform
ercia
surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 009 A2- / -LKF 696 040 A2-
m
a
♦ See special notes ⇒ page 105
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.



leaving no streaks.
Special notes
Application
Mixing containers:
Sieves:
tems
Thinner:
• Aquaplus demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5- (according
to ISO 3696)
• Use Aquaplus measuring stick.
• At higher temperatures (>+25°) and high relative humidity
. Volkswage AG
(>60%), adding 0-5% demineralised wwater
agen AG- LVW 010n000 doA5-
es n
ks
is sufficient. by
Vol ot g
ua
ed ran
Preparation: ris tee
tho or
au ac
• A special base coat (application
ss of solid-colour waterborne
ce
e
base coat) is necessary for three-stage pearlescent colours.

nl
pt
du
an
The respective hue must be determined from the formula in‐

itte
y li
formation systems.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
• Pearlescent waterborne base coat is applied for pearlescent

wit
, is n
finishes.
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
– Add 10% thinner
ss at +20 °C material temperature. c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer's instructions to rrectness o
cial p
f
inform
mer

atio

om
n
c
i
or

thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– One spray operation includes a tack coat followed by a full

coat. A “finish coat” is recommended for special-effect colours.
Note
♦ If the paint hue does not hide well, it may be necessary to apply
additional spray coats after an appropriate flash-off time.
♦ The total film thickness (including the solid-colour waterborne
base coat) must not exceed 45 µm.

Drying
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
The flash-off time for clear coat application is 20 minutes at +20 °
y li
erm
ab
C.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Surface matting can be accelerated by blowing on it with an
spec
air diffuser (hand-held or stationary device).
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ It is also possible to blow on it with the spray gun after waiting
at least 5 minutes.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
♦ Ceiling system: 10-15 minutes
orm
m
atio
♦ Infrared drying: 3-5 minutes
om
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Low baking at +60 °C

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
♦ Combination booth: at least 10 minutes including heat-up time
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ Low-bake oven: at least 5 minutes rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Cooling time at least 5 minutes cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

pletely matt.

Recoating
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat from the Volkswagen Genuine paint pro‐
gramme
Special notes
Note
♦ The decision to use two or three coats (with a special under‐

coat) depends on the factory finish.
♦ The respective undercoat colour is stated in the formula infor‐
mation systems.
Blending system (for achieving a perfect colour transition from

repair to adjacent areas)
• Preparation:
– Sand surfaced areas (dry with P400 to P500-grade paper or
. Volkswagen AG
wet with P800 to P1000-grade waterproof
swa paper).
gen AG does
olk not
yV gu
– Thoroughly but lightly sandisethe
d b adjacent areas to which no ara
nte
surfacer was applied withth a fine emery pad.
or eo
au ra
c
– Thoroughly clean thesswhole surface with silicone remover -
ce
le
LVM 020 000 A5- to remove any dust, paint residue from
un
pt
an
sanding or any other impurities.
d
itte
y li
erm
– Wipe off any excess silicone remover with a lint-free cloth, ab

ility
ot p
leaving no streaks. wit

is n
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
• Two-stage pearlescent and heliochrome colours:

– Spray the area on which the surfacer was applied with mixed
pearlescent or heliochrome waterborne base coat at spray
rrectne
viscosity so that it forms an opaque film.

s
– Extend the area of application of each subsequent coat

s o
through a process of overlapping so that only a fade-out area

cial p
f in
remains.
form
mer
– Extend this fade out area and blend in, spraying with reduced
atio
m
pressure.
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
– After an appropriate final flash-off time, 2-pack HS clear coat

t
sd
va
can be applied.
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
• Three-stage pearlescent colours:

t.
yi Co
op py
– Blend in the area on which the surfacer was applied with the
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
mixed solid-colour waterborne base coat (see base coat col‐ p by
co Vo
our application) using reduced pressure.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Spray the same area with the mixed pearlescent waterborne
base coat, overlapping slightly and at reduced pressure to
match the original finish.
– Blow dry with the spray gun after each coat.
Product application

ks wage es
♦ The mixing colours in this topycoat Vol series can be used only asot gu
n
part of a colour formula. If ris
eany mixing colour is applied alone,
d b ara
nte
the results may differ substantially
utho from the description in this eo
ra
technical data sheet.ss a c
ce
le
Cleaning of tools
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
- LVE 856 000 A3- .
wit
, is n
h re
Waste disposal
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
sive.
rrectness of i
Health and safety
l purpos

ucts.
nform
ercia
Data
m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op
max. 420 g/l. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Storage Prote
cted AG.
agen

♦ Pearlescent waterborne mixing paint - LWM 076 ...- 24 months
♦ Pearlescent waterborne base coat - LPW 040 ...-
♦ Heliochrome waterborne base coat - LHW 046 ...- 18 months
Storage conditions
The optimal storage temperature is +20 °C. (Do not store at tem‐
peratures below +5 °C.)
Short-term storage (approx. 4 weeks) between +5 °C and +35 °
C is possible.
3.5.4 Aquaplus blending system

Designation:
♦ Blending additive for Aquaplus - LVM 030 000 A2-

Issued 06.2011
Product description
The blending additive for Aquaplus is especially suitable for
blending in Aquaplus waterborne base coat. It simplifies the
blending process.
Substrate
Suitable priming materials:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
• Depends on the object and the substrate,
olks in accordance with
w not
yV gu
our recommendations for structure
se
d b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
Substrate pretreatment: aut ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P400 to P500-grade paper

and dust collector or wet sand using P800 to P1000-grade
waterproof paper.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lightly sand the fade-out area of the undamaged original
paintwork with P1000 to P1200-grade sandpaper.

wage es n
yV
Amarok
olks 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ot ➤
gu , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
b
nGeneral information, Paint - Edition 12.2013
d ara
ir se tee
tho or
au ac
– Beforess recoating, clean again using a suitable cleaning agent
to ensure a clean surface free of residues.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Application
Thinning is not necessary.

– The application viscosity of the product is the mixing viscosity.


– Apply the mixed Aquaplus waterborne base coat in 3 - 5 light

coats, depending on colour and opacity, to the repair spot at
reduced spray pressure (0.8 - 1.5 bar).
Note
Manufacturer's specifications notwithstanding, the inlet pressure

should be reduced as specified for this blending system.
Drying AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Flash-off time before clear coat application:
Flash off 15-20 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature.
rrectne
Ways to reduce flash-off time:
ss

o
cial p
air diffuser or force drying with infrared radiation or low baking.

inform
mer

atio
m
at least 5 minutes.
o
n
c
i
or
♦ Drying time: at least 5 minutes.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat
Note
This product should not be used “without mixing”.
Data
Storage
The guaranteed storage time of Aquaplus blending additive - LVM
030 000 A2- is 24 months from the production date. May be used
until the date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed original
containers at +20 °C. AG. Volkswagen A
agen G do
es n
ksw
y Vol ot g
ua
b
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
Storage conditions
wit
, is n
h re
hole
The optimal storage temperature is +5 °C to +35 °C.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
Higher or lower temperatures will spoil the product.

l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
3.5.5 Aqua Premium system

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
Designation:
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
♦ Uni (solid-colour) waterborne mixing paint - LWM 083 ...- Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
♦ Metallic, pearlescent, special-effect waterborne mixing paint - gh ht
yri by
LWM 084 ...-
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Metallic waterborne base coat - LWG 056 ...-
♦ Pearlescent waterborne base coat - LWG 057 ...-
♦ Flop control - LWM 085 386 A2-
♦ System component A - LWM 083 385 A3-
♦ System component B - LWM 085 387 A3-
Issued 06.2013
Product description
The Aqua Premium system is an innovative waterborne base coat
system. All solid and effect colours for passenger car refinishing
can be mixed from this system.

Properties:
♦ Fast, easy to use system
♦ Very reliable results thanks to uniform effect formation
♦ Short process times
♦ Easy and reliable blending
♦ Versatile in use (interior, multi-stage and multi-colour finishes)
Substrate
♦ For plastic surfaces: adhesion promoter (transparent) - ALO
822 000 10- + 2-pack HS surfacer (elastic)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Substrate pretreatment: Volksw
oes
not
gu
d by ar
– Thoroughly clean factory oris paint, old paint or 2-pack HS surfacer ante
e
eo
with silicone removerau - LVM 020 000 A5- or silicone remover,
th
ra
slow-drying - LVMs020 100 A5- .
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
– Before recoating, use a suitable cleaning agent to ensure a ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
leaving no streaks.
ility
ot p
wit
Special notes
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Application for standard applications

Mixing containers:
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
Sieves:
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o
m
tems.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Additives: C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
(At normal or high temperatures and low humidity depending on cop Vo
by lksw
size of object.) cted agen
Prote AG.
• Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200 A3-

• Use standard Aqua Premium measuring stick.
Note
The mixture must be applied within 24 hours after the additive has
been added.


– For solid colours, add 10% additive for Aqua Premium - LVM
035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C material temperature.
– For metallic or pearlescent colours, add 20% additive for Aqua
Premium - LVM 035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C ma‐
terial temperature.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

2.0 bar for “compliancy”.
rrectness of i

l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

olksw
AG. V agen AG
agen does
lksw not
– One application consists ofdone-and-a-half
by Vo
spray coats. Apply gu
ara
one normal spray coat followed
orise by a “finish or effect coat”. nte
h eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
Note
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
If the paint colour does not hide well, it may be necessary to apply
erm
ab
ility
an additional “wet-on-wet” spray coat after an appropriate flash-
ot p
off time.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Drying
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Continue the flash-off time until the entire surface is matt before
op Vo
by c lksw
applying clear coat.
cted agen
Prote AG.
Recommended coat thicknesses:

♦ Solid colours: 12-25 µm
♦ Metallic colours: 10-15 µm
♦ Pearlescent colours: 15-20 µm
air diffuser (hand-held or stationary device).
at least 5 minutes.


Application of 3-stage colours and multi-colour finishes
Hardener:
• Aqua Premium hardener - LVM 045 000 A1-
Additives: lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
(at high temperatures and low humidity) ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
• Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 301 A3- ss
a ac
ce
e
• Use the Aqua Premium measuring stick for three-stage col‐
nl
pt
du
an
ours.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note , is n
h re
hole
spec
The mixture must be applied within 24 hours after the additive has
es, in part or in w
been added.
t to the co
Pot life:
rrectness of i
• Solid colours: 90-120 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature.
l purpos
• Effect colour: 45-60 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– For three-stage colours, add 5% Aqua Premium hardener -
LVM 045 000 A1- only to the base coat

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d r
ir se Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CCan2012 tee ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
tho
or
au General ac information, Paint - Edition 12.2013
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C material temperature. itte
y li
erm
ab
– For solid colours, add 10% additive for Aqua premium - LVM
ility
ot p
035 301 A3- at +20 °C material temperature.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
premium - LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C material temperature.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
2.0 for “compliancy”.
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Adjust atomising pressure following manufacturer's instruc‐ Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– One application consists of one-and-a-half spray coats. Apply

one normal spray coat followed by a “finish or effect coat”.
Note
off time.
Drying

Continue the flash-off time without blowing on it until the entire

surface is matt before applying clear coat.
♦ Flash-off with an air diffuser is done for 5-10 minutes at
+20-40 °C until the entire surface is matt.
♦ The final flash-off time is 10-15 minutes at +60-65 °C. Allow
base coat to cool before applying effect coat.
Note
»Blue contour tape« is recommended for multi-stage finishes.
Recoating
Recoat with:
♦ Effect colour.
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat up to 72 hours maximum after base coat
application
Application of interior finish without clear coat
Application:
♦ Areas of use are vehicle interiors, e.g. engine compartment
and luggage compartment walls, where an robust
AG. Volkssemi-gloss
wagen AG
finish without an additional clear Vcoat wage does
olks are desired. not
g
y ua
db ran
Hardener: rise tee
tho or
au ac
• Aqua Premium hardener
s - LVM 045
s 000 A1-
ce
e
nl
Additives:
pt
du
an
itte
y li
/At normal or high temperatures and low humidity depending on

erm
ab
size of object.)
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
• Use Aqua Premium measuring stick for interior finishes.

Pot life:
rrectness of i
• Solid colours: 45-60 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature

l purpos
• Effect colour: 30-60 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature

nf
ercia

orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Add 10% Aqua Premium hardener - LVM 045 000 A1- .
035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C material temperature.
Premium - LVM 035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C ma‐
terial temperature.

– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer's instructions
n AG. Vto
olkswagen AG
1.3 mm for “HVLP”. wage does
olks not
V gu
by ara
– Adjust spray pressure following manufacturer's
oris
ed instructions to nte
2.0 for “compliancy”. au
th eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– One application consists of one-and-a-half spray coats. Apply

one normal spray coat followed by a “finish or effect coat”.

t to the co
Note
rrectne
s

s o
cial p
off time.
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Drying
Air dry overnight at +20 °C ambient temperature
Alternatively, slow-bake for 15-20 minutes at 60-65 °C.
Special notes
Product application
Cleaning of tools
- LVE 856 000 A3- .
Waste disposal
. Volkswagen AG
pose of the mixture, or at best difficult,
wa and
gen AG therefore expen‐
does
ks
sive. by
Vol
not
gu
a
ed ran
Health and safety ris tee
tho or
au ac
♦ A face mask mustssbe worn when applying water-based prod‐
ce
e
ucts.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Data
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

max. 420 g/l.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Storage
36 months from production date (Exception: Super deep black
- LWM 083 388 A2- 48 months from production date)
♦ Metallic, pearlescent and special-effect waterborne mixing
paint - LWM 084 ...- 24 months from production date
♦ Metallic waterborne base coat - LWG 056 ...- 18-24 months
♦ Pearlescent waterborne base coat - LWG 057 ...-
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 A3-
24 months from production date
♦ Flop control - LWM 085 386 A2- 24 months from production
date
♦ System component A - LWM 083 385 A3- 24 months from
production date
♦ System component B - LWM 085 387 A3- 24 months from
production date
if stored in sealed original containers .at
Vo+20
lkswa°C.
ge
AG n AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
Storage conditions ed by gu
ara
ris nte
The optimal storage tho temperature is +20 ℃. eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Short-term storage (a few days) between +5 °C and +35 °C is

itte
y li
possible.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
3.5.6 Aqua Premium blending system

l purpos
Designation:
♦ Blending additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3-
nform
ercia
Issued 10.2012
m
at
om
io
Product description
n
c
in t
or
his
e
To attain visually perfect colour transition in blending area or to

at
do
riv
adjacent parts such as wings or doors.

p
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Substrate
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Dry sand using orbital sander with P500-grade paper and dust
collector or wet sand using P800 to P1000-grade waterproof
paper.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– An extensive section of the adjacent area or parts surrounding
y li
erm
ab
the repair area must be thoroughly but lightly sanded with
ility
ot p
P1000 to P3000-grade sandpaper or an emery pad (e.g. ul‐
wit
, is n
trafine). Use an emery pad to sand swage lines, edges or door-
h re
handle recesses during preparation work.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
leaving no streaks.
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Tack cloths of the latest generation with an effective adhesion
formula, e.g. duster - VAS 6177- ) to minimise the risk of chemical
or sticky residue ⇒ page 291 .
Special notes
Application, repair procedure

Blending in within the surface, e.g. side panel:
– Preparing substrate ⇒ page 124 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
– Apply one or two full
utho coats of blending additive for Aqua Pre‐ eo
ra
mium - LVM 035 ss a100 A3- at normal spraying pressure in the c
blending area surrounding the repair.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– The first spray coat of the mixed waterborne base coat is ap‐
l purpos
plied from the repair area to the edge of the wet blending
additive. Half of the effect or finish spray coat is applied im‐
nform
ercia
mediately over the wet blending additive at a greater spraying

distance.
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
Note
his
ate
do
priv
cum
When doing this, ensure that the blending area is larger than the
for
en
g
repair area and covers the wet blending additive for Aqua Premi‐
n
t.
yi Co
op
um - LVM 035 100 A3- . C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– After flashing-off, apply a coat of 2-pack HS clear coat to the

entire repair area.
Note
♦ Keep the material flow trigger of the spray gun completely

open while applying Aqua Premium waterborne base coat.
♦ The spray pressure for the effect coat may be varied between
1.5 and 2.0 bar depending on the size of the object.
Blending in very small damage, e.g. Clever Repair:

– Preparing substrate ⇒ page 124 . n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Note auth or
ac
ss
ce
le
The repair and/or surfacer area should be kept as small as pos‐

un
pt
an
sible.
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Method »a«:
wit
is n
h re
♦ Ready-to-spray waterborne base coats are used for most col‐
ole,
ours.
spec
t to the co
Method »b« (recommended for colours with very high metal con‐
tent):
♦ Mix Aqua Premium waterborne base coat and blending addi‐
rrectne
tive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3- in a 1:1 ratio with
10% Flop control - LWM 085 386 A2- ( blending additive for
s
Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200/301 ...- is not needed).
s o
cial p
f i
♦ Use the Aqua Premium measuring stick for Clever Repair to
nform
adjust the correct mixture.
mer
atio
om
n
c
– Depending on colour and opacity, this mixture is applied in 3

i
or
to 5 light spray coats with reduced pressure (0.8 to 1.5 bar) to n thi
te
sd
a
the repair area and fade-out area.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Ensure that each spray coat is somewhat larger in area and flash‐
co lksw
by
cted agen
ed off until matt. Flash-off may be accelerated by blowing on it. Prote AG.

– After an appropriate final flash-off time, 2-pack HS clear coat

can be applied.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Blending in 3-stageed colours:
b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
– Preparingaut substrate ⇒ page 124 . ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Apply the base coat mixed with 5% Aqua Premium hardener rrectness of i
- LVM 045 000 A1- and, for solid colours 10% Additive for Aqua
l purpos
Premium - LVM 035 200 A3/LVM 035 300 ...- , or for effect
colours mixed with 20% Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035
200 A3/LVM 035 300 ...- to the repair area and adjacent blend‐
nf
ercia
ing area until coverage is opaque.

rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
Note
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ It is recommended to spray a sample object.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Use the Aqua Premium measuring stick for three-stage col‐
Co
op py
ours to adjust the correct mixture.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py Vo
♦ Observe drying times.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Apply one or two full coats of blending additive for Aqua Pre‐
mium - LVM 035 100 A3- at normal spraying pressure to the
fade-out area of the base colour or adjacent parts.
– Paint should now be applied from the fade-out area towards
the repair area. That means, apply the first coat of effect paint
from the fade-out area towards the blending additive for Aqua
Premium - LVM 035 100 A3- (“wet-on-wet”).

– Then apply the next coat of effect paint towards the repair
area.
– It is necessary to apply 2 to 3 additional spray coats of some
effect paints to match the effect. Normal spray coats are ap‐
plied “wet-on-wet” without intermediate flash-off.
Note
♦ It is recommended that all coats, starting with the first coat, are
applied from the furthest blending area to the base colour in
the repair area. This way, all subsequent coats remain within
the previous coat to avoid visible edges or shadows.
♦ To make it easier to evaluate the effect, it is recommended to
spray a sample object before every spray coat application.
– After flashing-off, apply a coat of 2-pack HS clear coat to the

entire repair area.
Note
♦ Keep the material flow trigger of the spray gun completely

open while applying Aqua Premium waterborne base coat.
♦ The spray pressure for the effect coat may be varied between
1.5 and 2.0 bar depending on the size of the object.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
♦ The use of stationary air diffusers or force drying, ke.g.
swa low does
not
Vol
baking, for efficient flash-off and drying processes
ed
by is recom‐ gu
ara
mended. thoris nte
eo
au ra
c
ss
Product application
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Spraying equipment must be suitable for applying water- an

itte
y li
erm
based products; manufacturers' instructions must be followed. ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Cleaning of tools
rrectness of i
- LVE 856 000 A3- .
l purpos
Waste disposal
nf
ercia

orm

m
atio
m

o
n in
c
sive.
or
thi
te
sd
a
Health and safety

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
ucts.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
3.5.7 Aqua Premium system (painting rims) cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Designation:
♦ Metallic waterborne base coat - LWG 056 1H7 A1-

Issued 04.2013
Product description
Instructions for painting rims with metallic waterborne base coat
- LWG 056 1H7 A1- .
Properties:
♦ VOC compliant
Note

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Vol
ksw
oes
not
gu
y
db ara
Substrate orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
Suitable ssubstrates:
sa c ce
e
nl
♦ Surfaces coated with primer or surfacer 2-pack HS Vario sur‐

pt
du
an
facer - LGF 786 004 A4- , grey

itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Factory paint or old paint (except thermoplastic paint)

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Thoroughly clean factory or old paintwork with silicone remov‐

es, in part or in w
er - LSW 019 000 A5- . If severely soiled, pre-clean the

t to the co
paintwork with silicone remover, slow-drying - LVM 020 100

A5- .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P1000 to P1500-grain

his
ate
sandpaper and dust collector.

do
priv
cum
for
– Sand spokes, corners and edges by hand using P300-grade

en
ng
t.
yi
ultrafine emery pad.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012ge➤ n A,GCaddy
. Volkswa2004
gen AG➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
does
wa
General information, Paint - Edition y12.2013
Volks not
g
b ua
ed ran
ris tee
– Before recoating the sanded substrates,
tho thoroughly clean or
au
them of dust, sanding residue and
ss other dirt using silicone
re‐ ac
mover - LSW 019 000 A5- . If severely soiled, pre-clean +with
ce
e
nl
pt
silicon remover, slow-drying - LVM 020 100 A5- .
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Application
ab
ility
ot p
Substrate pretreatment (sanding before surfacer coat)
wit
, is n
h re
• When 2-pack HS Vario surfacer - LGF 786 004 A4- is to be
hole
spec
used, bare-metal spots must be primed with 2-pack wash pri‐
es, in part or in w
mer - LHV 043 000 A2- .
t to the co
• A uniform substrate without bare metal spots is absolutely es‐
sential.
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P500-grain sandpaper and

dust collector.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Clear coat over surfacer:
– Apply 2-pack HS clear coat to the sanded surfacer. Depending
on the size of the repair area or if there are several repair
areas, it is recommended to apply 2-pack HS clear coat to the
entire rim.
– Apply a full coat (approx. 20 µm).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Sanding before clear coat:
ot p
wit
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P1000 to P1500-grain , is n
h re
hole
sandpaper and dust collector.
spec
es, in part or in w
– Sand spokes, corners and edges by hand using P300-grade
t to the co
ultrafine emery pad.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
io
Cleaning:
n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Before recoating the lightly sanded substrates, thoroughly

at
do
riv
clean them of dust, sanding residue and other dirt with silicone
p
cum
or
remover - LVM 020 000 A5- .

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Base coat application “spray”

Materials suitable as additives:
♦ Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 301-


– The application viscosity of 4 mm at +20 ℃ is the mixing vis‐
cosity for “Compliant” and “HVLP”.
– 50 %of additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 301- (to be add‐
ed at material temperature of 20 °C).

2.0 bar for “compliancy”.
– Adjust atomising pressure following manufacturer's Ainstruc‐
G. Volkswagen AG d
agen
tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”. Volksw
oes
not
by gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
– One application consists of one-and-a-half spray coats (one

d
itte
y li
normal full coat followed by a light coat at greater distance to

erm
ab
object).
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Note
spec
t to the co
♦ The best results will be attained using the SATA NR 3000

HVLP 1.3 mm spray gun.
rrectne
♦ Blending additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200 A3- / -LVM
035 301 A3- should be added to metallic waterborne base coat
- LWG 056 1H7 A1- immediately before application Best re‐
ss
sults will be achieved if the mixture is applied within one

o
cial p
working day.
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
132
Prote AG.
Rep. gr.00 - Technical data
Drying
Flash-off time before clear coat application:
Flash off at +20 °C ambient temperature until matt.
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
by
♦ The best results are achieved when using
rised an HVLP spray gun ara
nte
with 1.3 mm nozzle. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
♦ Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 301- should be added
s
ce
le
to metallic waterborne base coat - LWG 056 1H7 A1 silber-

un
pt
an
d
immediately before application. Best results will be achieved

itte
y li
erm
if the mixture is applied within one working day.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Ways to reduce flash-off time:
h re
ole,
spec
air diffuser or force drying with infrared radiation or low baking.
t to the co
at least 5 minutes.
rrectne
♦ Drying time: at least 5 minutes.
ss o
cial p
f
Note
inform
mer

atio
m
o
n
c
i
or

thi
e
pletely matt.
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat (elasticized)
Special notes
Note
Blending in with metallic waterborne base coat - LWG 056 1H7

A1- is done in 1 or 2 normal spray coats. Apply blending additive
for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3- to the fade-out area.
Product application
Cleaning of tools
- LVE 856 000 A3- .
Waste disposal
sive.
Health and safety
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ucts. lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
Data edb ran
ris tee
tho or
Flash point: Above +23 °C ss
au ac
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li

erm
ab

ility
ot p
max. 420 g/l.

wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Storage
t to the co
The guaranteed storage time of metallic waterborne base coat -

LWG 056 1H7 A1- is 24 months from the production date. May
rrectne

ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
134
AG.
Rep. gr.00 - Technical data
Storage conditions AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
lksw not
The optimal storage temperature is +5 °C to +35 °C. d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
Note ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Higher or lower temperatures will spoil the product.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
3.6 Clear coats
rrectne
⇒ “3.6.1 2-pack HS clear coat”, page 135
⇒ “3.6.2 2-pack MS matt clear coat”, page 141
ss o
cial p
⇒ “3.6.3 2-pack HS Vario clear coat”, page 144
f inform
mer
⇒ “3.6.4 2-pack HS Optimum clear coat”, page 150
atio
m
⇒ “3.6.5 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat”, page 153

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
⇒ “3.6.6 2-pack HS Brillant clear coat”, page 157

t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
⇒ “3.6.7 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat”, page 161
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
⇒ “3.6.8 2-pack HS Performance clear coat”, page 165
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
⇒ “3.6.9 Blender”, page 169 rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
3.6.1 2-pack HS clear coat
cted agen
Prote AG.
Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat - L2K 769 500 A5-
Issued 10.2012
Product description
2-pack HS clear coat is a VOC compliant, high-grade high-solid
clear coat.
Properties:
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Versatile use with 2-pack HS and 2-pack VHS hardeners
♦ Good levelling
♦ Brilliant surface finish
Substrate
Suitable base coats:
♦ Waterborne base coats
Suitable priming materials:
• Depends on the object and the substrate, in accordance with
our recommendations for structure

Application with 2-pack HS hardeners

Mixing ratio:
♦ See technical data sheet for 2-pack HS hardener lkswage es n
o ot g
⇒ page 173 byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
Application time/pot life: ss
a ac
ce
le
un
– Mixed for spraying, 90 minutes at +20 °C
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.



Application with 2-pack VSH hardeners

Mixing ratio: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– 3:1 by volume with: d by V o gu
ara
ise nt
r
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener
ut
ho - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5- ee or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
009 052 A3-

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
⇒ page 176
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Thinner:
♦ 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- / -LVM 009 200 A5-
rrectness of i

l purpos
– Mixed for spraying, 60 to 90 minutes at +20 °C.

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
– Add 12.5 to 15 % 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- /

s
iva
do
-LVM 009 200 A5- .

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– The specified thickness for the dry film is 50-60 µm applied in

one-and-a-half coats.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Drying
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Dry overnight
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Flash-off time with force drying is at least 5-10 minutes.

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Infrared drying with short-wave radiant heater, 10-15 minutes and

medium-wave radiant heater, 15-20 minutes.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Special notes
ole,
spec
Elasticization of rigid and semi-rigid plastics:
t to the co
001- .
♦ Mixture with 2-pack HS hardeners, 2:1 rrectne

ss o
(drying time increases)

cial p
f inform
Data
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr

um
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
max. 420 g/l.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Storage
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS clear coat - L2K 769
500 A5- is 48 months from production date. May be used until the
date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed original con‐
tainers at +20 °C.

3.6.2 2-pack MS matt clear coat

Designation:
♦ 2-pack MS matt clear coat - L2K 769 020 A2-
Issued 08.2013
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
Product description
Vol
ksw not
gu
y
db ar
2-pack MS ris clear
e
coat is a matt clear coat from thea2-pack
nte acrylic
system.
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
Properties:
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ High elasticity
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Matt finish
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Can be mixed with both HS and VHS products
h re
ole,
spec
♦ The degree of gloss can be adjusted by mixing with 2-pack HS
clear coats.
t to the co
♦ Particularly suitable for refinishing plastic parts
rrectne
Note
ss o
2-pack MS matt clear coat - L2K 769 020 A2- should be used only
cial p
for small areas (add-on parts of passenger cars). f inform

mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
Substrate
te
sd
iva
o
r

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Application opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c lksw
Mixing ratio:
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-

Note
♦ Different HS and VHS hardeners and thinners result in differ‐

ent degrees of gloss.
♦ The clear coat must be stirred carefully before it is poured out
of the tin.
Thinner:

– Mixed for spraying, 4 hours at +20 °C
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re

ole,
spec

t to the co
and “HVLP”:
rrectne

ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Addition of thinner at +20 °C material temperature: 25% HS hard‐

ener (3:1) and 30% VHS hardener (5:1)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
– Adjust spray
utho
nozzle following manufacturer's instructions e o to
ra
1.3-1.4ss amm for “compliancy” and “HVLP”. c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Apply in two coats.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Apply one full coat, flash-off 15-20 minutes and then finish rrectness of i
l purpos
painting.
nform

mercia
a
com
tion in
Note
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Different methods of application result in different degrees of

r
rp
gloss.
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Drying
♦ Dust dry in 2-2.5 hours
♦ Dry overnight


Data
(e)(840)580 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
max. 580 g/l.
Storage
Guaranteed storage time of 2-pack MS matt clear coat - L2K 769 agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
020 A2- is 24 months from production date. May be used untily Vthe olks
w es n
ot g
date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed original
ised bcon‐ ua
ran
tainers at +20 °C. thor tee
o
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3.6.3 2-pack HS Vario clear coat t to the co
Designation:
rrectness of i
♦ 2-pack HS Vario clear coat - L2K 769 K01 A5-

l purpos
Issued 06.2013
Product description
nform
ercia
2-pack HS Vario clear coat is a VOC compliant (VOC content <

m
at
om
420 g/l), high-grade and productive high-solid clear coat.

ion
c
in t
or
Properties:
his
ate
do
riv
♦ Quick and easy to use

p
cum
for
en
g
♦ Versatile use with 2-pack HS and 2-pack VHS hardeners

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Good levelling
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ Fast drying
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Easy to polish


Substrate
Application with 2-pack HS hardeners
Mixing ratio:

– Ready for spraying: 60-90 minutes at +20 ℃ (depending on
the hardener used).
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 horis
➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ... eo
ut
ss a ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f in
– Apply in one-and-a-half coats.
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
Note
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
The first half-coat should form a nearly complete, thin film over
i
o
pr
cum
r
which a full spray coat is directly sprayed.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Application with 2-pack VSH hardeners

Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-
⇒ page 176
Thinner:
♦ HS Spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- Please refer to technical
data sheet ⇒ “3.8.2 HS spot thinner”, page 185


the hardener used).
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Add 12.5 % 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- / -LVM
009 200 A5- / 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - LVM 009 300 A2-
at + 20 °C material temperature.


tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”. wage
e
olks s no
yV t gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Note
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Drying
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
cum
fo
♦ Dry overnight
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012olk➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
AG. V swagen AG d
lkswagen General
oes information, Paint - Edition 12.2013
n
o ot g
yV ua
e db ran
Force drying at +60 °C material
ho
ris temperature in 20-30 minutes. tee
aut or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Infrared drying with short-wave radiant heater, 10-15 minutes and Prote AG.
Special notes
001- .
♦ Mixture with 2-pack HS hardeners, 2:1
(drying time increases)
When used as clear coat for spot repairs (Clever Repair method),
12.5% HS spot thinner - LVM 009 200 A2- / -LVM 009 200 A5-
may be substituted for the 12.5% 2-pack thinner, special - LVM
006 000 A2- . Do not apply to horizontal surfaces.
Data
max. 420 g/l.

Storage
The guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS Vario clear coat - L2K
769 K01 A5- is 48 months from production date. May be used until
the date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed original
containers at +20 °C.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
3.6.4 2-pack HS Optimum clear coat
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Designation:
is n
h re
ole,
♦ 2-pack HS Optimum clear coat - LZK 769 K02 A5-
spec
Issued 10.2012
t to the co
Product description
rrectne
2-pack HS Optimum clear coat is a VOC compliant (VOC content
< 420 g/l), high-grade and productive high-solid clear coat.
ss
Properties:
o
cial p
f in
♦ Easy to apply and economical to use
form
mer
atio
♦ Very good levelling
om
n
c
i
♦ Very fast drying
or
n thi
te
sd
a
♦ Very good infrared drying

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
♦ Fast and easy to polish

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ High-gloss finish
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Technical data sheet cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Substrate
Application
Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-
⇒ page 176


– Mixed for spraying, 80 to 100 minutes at +20 °C

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer's instructions to h re

ole,

spec

t to the co

rrectne

ss

o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
a
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle ri2012
sed
➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , raCaddy nte 2011 ...
o eo
General information, aPaint
ut
h
- Edition 12.2013 ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Note
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Drying
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
or
♦ Dry overnight
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature with:

20-25 minutes.
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- 15-20 mi‐
nutes.
009 052 A3- 20-30 minutes.
25-35 minutes.

Infrared drying with short-wave radiant heater, 8-12 minutes
lkswage es n
o ot g
Special notes d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
utho
or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
001- .
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Mixture with 2-pack VHS hardeners, 3:1 with 5% thinner (dry‐
rm
ab
pe
ing time increases).
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Data
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
VOC content: The EU limit value for this product (product cat‐ t to the co
rrectness of i

max. 420 g/l.
l purpos
Storage
nform
ercia
The guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS Optimum clear coat -

m
LZK 769 K02 A5- is 48 months from production date. May be used
com
tion in
until the date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed original
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.6.5 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat - LZK 769 K07 A5-

Issued 04.2013
Product description
2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat is a VOC compliant high-solid
clear coat. Perfectly suitable for application even under unfav‐
ourable operating conditions (such as too low drying temperature)
in the spray booth.
Properties:
♦ Flexible and efficient processing.
♦ Fast and easy to polish
♦ HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- may be used.
Substrate
Application
Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-
♦ See technical data sheet for 2-pack VHS hardener n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
⇒ page 176 olks es n
ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Thinner: horis tee
ut or
a ac
♦ 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- / -LVM 009
ss 200 A5-
ce
e
nl
♦ 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - LVM 009 300 A2- pt

du
an
itte
y li
♦ HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ See technical data sheet for HS spot thinner LVM 006 000 A2
wit
, is n
⇒ page 185 .
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
the hardener used).

l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Adjust spray nozzle following

agen
manufacturer's
AG. Volkswagen AG instructions to
does
V olksw not
g y ua
db r
– Adjust spray onozzle
ris
e
following manufacturer's instructions
an
teeto
1.3-1.4 mmauthfor “HVLP”. or
a
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm

ab
ility

ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
nf
ercia

orm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
Note
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
If used as a clear coat to repair minor damage (Clever Repair spot
Co
op py
repair method), the 10 % 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 0009 200
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
A2- and 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A5- may be re‐ p by
co Vo
placed with 10 % HS spot repair thinner - LVM 006 000 A2 HS- .
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Do not apply to horizontal surfaces.
AG.

Drying
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Dry for assembly in 2-5 hours agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
♦ Dry overnight rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Final flash-off time with force drying is 5 minutes.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature with:
ate
do
priv
c
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5- um
for
15-25 minutes.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- 10-15 mi‐ t. C rig
gh ht
nutes. yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
009 052 A3- 20-30 minutes.
25-35 minutes.
The final flash-off time with infrared drying is 5 minutes.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Special notes
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
001- .
♦ Mixing ratio with 2-pack VHS hardeners: 3:1, with 10 % 2-pack
rrectne
thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- or 2-pack thinner, special
- LVM 009 200 A5- (drying time increases).
ss o
Data
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
o
n
c

i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
max. 420 g/l.

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Storage
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
The guaranteed shelf life of the 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear
c by lksw
cted agen
coat - LZK 769 K07 A5- is 48 months as of production date. May
Prote AG.

3.6.6 2-pack HS Brillant clear coat

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant clear coat - L2K 769 K04 A5-
Issued 10.2010
Product description
2-pack HS Brillant clear coat is a high-gloss, VOC-compliant,
high-solid clear coat from the 2-pack acrylic system.
Properties:
♦ Very high stability
♦ Highly reliable application
♦ Very good gloss and filling power
♦ Flexible in use with addition of thinner

♦ Application in two coats wage

es n
lks ot g
Vo
Technical data sheeted by ua
ran
ir s tee
o
Substrate auth or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Application
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Mixing ratio:
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
009 052 A3-
l purpos
nf
ercia
♦ The choice of hardener depends on the temperature and size
orm
of the surface. See technical data sheet for 2-pack VHS hard‐
m
atio
m
ener ⇒ page 176 .

o
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Thinner:
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Application time/pot life: p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Mixed for spraying, 60 to 75 minutes at +20 °C Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
Add 10% thinner at a material temperature of +20 °C s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
and “HVLP”:
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Apply in 2 spray coats with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-
off time. The first coat is applied with restraint, but still uni‐
formly.

Drying
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Final flash-off time with force drying is at edleast 10 minutes.
b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Force drying at +60-65 ℃ material temperature in +35-40 mi‐
nutes.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Infrared drying with medium-wave radiant heater, 15-20 minutes

and short-wave radiant heater, 10-15 minutes.
Special notes
001- .
♦ Mixture with 2-pack VHS hardeners, 3:1 with 10% 2-pack thin‐
ner, special - LVM 009 200 A2/A5- (drying time increases).
Data
Viscosity as DIN 4 mm, +20 °C: 24-28 seconds
supplied
max. 420 g/l.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Storage agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
Guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS Brillant rise
d
clear coat - L2K nte
769 K04 A5- is 48 months from production au tho
date. May be used until eo
ra
the date stated on the label at latestss if stored in sealed original c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
3.6.7 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat

rrectne
Designation:
ss
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK 769 K05 A5-

o
cial p
f in
Issued 02.2012
form
mer
atio
Product description
om
n
c
2-pack HS Brillant clear coat is a high-gloss, VOC-compliant,

or
n thi
e
high-solid clear coat from the 2-pack acrylic system.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
Properties:
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Flexible application
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ High stability
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Very easy to polish
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Good levelling
♦ Good gloss and filling power
olks
wage es n
ot g
byV ua
♦ Application in tworisspray
ed coats preferred, one-and-a-half coats ran
tee
possible utho
or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
Substrate
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Application
spec
es, in part or in w
Mixing ratio:
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
009 052 A3-

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
of the surface. See technical data sheet for 2-pack VHS hard‐ s
iva
do
ener ⇒ page 176 .
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Thinner:
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2-
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ See technical data sheet for 2-pack HS spot thinner
⇒ page 185


General
agen
information,
AG. VolkswagePaint
n AG d - Edition 12.2013
o w es n
olks ot g
yV ua
– Application viscosity 4 mm, +20 °C, DIN 53211 rised b ran
tee
tho or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
and “HVLP”.
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Add 5% clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- at a material tem‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen
perature of +20 °C
Note
♦ When used as clear coat for spot repairs (Clever Repair meth‐
od), the 5% clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- may be
replaced with 5% HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- .
♦ The mixture described here for the Clever Repair method must
not be used on horizontal surfaces.


• Apply in two spray coats with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-

off time The first coat is applied with restraint, but still uniform‐
ly.
• Can be applied in one-and-a-half coats; that is, the first half
coat forms a thin, nearly uniform film, upon which a complete,
uniform coat is sprayed.
Drying
Air drying at +18 to 22 °C ambient temperature:
♦ Dry overnight
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Force drying at +60-65 ℃ material temperature in 30-35 minutes.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Special notes
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
001- .
♦ Mixture with 2-pack VHS hardeners, 3:1 with 5% clear coat
rrectne
additive - LVM 007 000 A2- (drying time increases).
s
Data
s o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
m

o
n
c

i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
va
max. 420 g/l.

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Storage t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Guaranteed shelf life: yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK 769 K05 A5- , 48
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- 24 months from pro‐
duction date.
3.6.8 2-pack HS Performance clear coat

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS Performance clear coat - LZK 769 K06 A5-

Issued 08.2012
Product description
2-pack HS Performance clear coat is a high-gloss, VOC compli‐
ant, high-solid clear coat.
Properties:
♦ Flexible application in all areas of repair
♦ Flexible application in one-and-a-half spray coats (preferred)
or two coats (possible)
♦ Good stability
♦ Good gloss and filling power
♦ Fast drying
Substrate
Suitable base coats: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
♦ Waterborne base coats d by V gu
ara
rise nte
Application utho eo
ra
s a c
s
Mixing ratio:
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
009 052 A3-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
of the surface. See technical data sheet for 2-pack VHS hard‐
ener ⇒ page 176 .
l purpos

nform
ercia
Thinner:
m
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2-

com
tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do
♦ See technical data sheet for 2-pack HS spot thinner

r
rp
cum
⇒ page 185
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


and “HVLP”.
Add 5% clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- at a material tem‐
perature of +20 °C
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ When used as clear coat for spot repairs (Clever Repaird by V meth‐
o gu
ara
od), the 5% clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- orisemay be nte
replaced with 5% HS spot thinner - LVM 006 a000 A2- .
h eo
ut ra
ss c
♦ The mixture described here for the Clever Repair method must
ce
e
nl
pt
not be used on horizontal surfaces.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
– If thinner is added, use measuring stick to mix. ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

• Can be applied in one-and-a-half coats; that is, the first half

coat forms a thin, nearly uniform film, upon which a complete,
uniform coat is sprayed.
• Apply in two spray coats with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-
off time The first coat is applied with restraint, but still uniform‐
ly. n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
– The specified thickness forbythe
Vol dry film is 50-70 µm.
k ot g
ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Drying
ot
wit
, is n
Air drying at +18 to 22 °C ambient temperature:
h re
hole
spec
♦ Dry overnight
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Force drying at +60-65 ℃ material temperature in 25-35 minutes.

wage e
Infrared drying with short-wave
yV
olks radiant heater, 10-15s nminutes
ot g
d b ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Special notes
Elasticization of rigid and semi-rigid plastics: rrectness of i
l purpos
001- .
nform
ercia
♦ Mixture with 2-pack VHS hardeners, 3:1 with 5% clear coat

m
at
additive - LVM 007 000 A2- (drying time increases).

om
ion
c
in t
r
Data
o
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
max. 420 g/l. cted agen
Prote AG.
Storage
Guaranteed shelf life:
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK 769 K05 A5- , 48
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- 24 months from pro‐
duction date.
3.6.9 Blender
Designation:
♦ Blender - LVE 013 100 A2-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC u2012 tho ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ... eo
ra
a
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
Issued 10.2012
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Product description
ility
ot p
wit
Blender was developed to guarantee easy blending-in of 2-pack
is n
h re
clear coats and top coats.
ole,
spec
Properties:
t to the co
♦ Easy to use in its pure form
♦ Good wetting on all substrates
rrectne
♦ Very fine fade-out to the old finish
ss
o
cial p
f in
Preparation
form
mer
atio
Base coat application:
om
n
c
i
♦ Keep the surfacer area as small as possible.
or
n thi
te
sd
va
♦ Overpaint with waterborne base coat until surfacer area is fully

i
o
pr
c
hidden (overlapping coats).
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Blending system for 2-pack clear coats
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Mixing ratio with 2-pack clear coat:
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
• Mix according to the technical data sheet for the clear coat
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 135 .
Paintwork:
– Overpaint waterborne base coat with adjusted clear coat,
overlapping the coats.
Blending in:
– Apply pure blender - LVE 013 100 A2- to the blending area
within the sanded area.

Blending system for 2-pack top coats

Mixing ratio with 2-pack top coat:
• Mix according to the technical data sheet for the 2-pack top
coat ⇒ page 91 .
Paintwork:
– Recoat until surfacer area is fully hidden, overlapping the
coats. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oe
ksw s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Blending in:
t to the co
– Apply pure blender - LVE 013 100 A2- to the blending area
within the sanded area.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
Polishing blending areas

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ Allow blending areas to dry overnight before polishing
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature
auth in 30 minutes. or
ac
ss
– The blending areas may then be polished after cooling for one
ce
le
un
pt
hour at +20 °C ambient temperature.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Infrared drying with short-wave radiant heater, 10 minutes.
– The blending areas may then be polished after cooling for one
hour at +20 °C ambient temperature.
Note
♦ Polish the blending areas with fine polishing paste by hand or

with a polishing machine.
♦ Finally treat the surface with high-gloss sealer.
Data

Storage
3.7 Hardener
⇒ “3.7.1 2-pack HS hardener”, page 173
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
⇒ “3.7.2 2-pack VHS hardeners and 2-pack VHSVPerformance
olks
w not
gu
hardeners”, page 176 se
d by ara
nte
i
th or eo
⇒ “3.7.3 Hardener for 2-pack primer surfacer”,
au page 181 ra
c
ss
⇒ “3.7.4 Aqua Premium hardener”, page 181
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
3.7.1 2-pack HS hardener
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Designation:
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Issued 08.2013
nform
ercia
Product description
m
The products described here are High Solid hardeners suitable

a
com
for selected HS surfaces and clear coats. tion in

r
te o
thi
Properties:
s
iva
do
r
rp
♦ Their high solids content allows for economical and environ‐

um
fo
en
mentally friendly application.

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ A choice of 5 versions makes them suitable for all painting t. C rig
gh ht
conditions and ensures very reliable application. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Technical data sheet Prote AG.
Application
Possible base materials:
♦ 2-pack HS Vario surfacer ⇒ page 49
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer ⇒ page 57 .
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer ⇒ page 64 .
♦ 2-pack HS wet-on-wet surfacer ⇒ page 87
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat ⇒ page 135 .
♦ 2-pack HS Vario clear coat ⇒ page 144 .
Field of application
1- 2-pack HS hardener - LHA 009 041 A3- is suitable for full
and partial refinishes at normal temperatures.

2- 2-pack HS hardener, fast hardening - LHA 021 004 A3- is

suitable for partial refinishes and low exhaust air volume in
the spray booth.
3- 2-pack HS hardener, extra fast-drying - LHA 009 046 A2- is
suitable for spot repairs and partial refinishes at low tem‐
peratures.
4- 2-pack HS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 047 A3- is suit‐
able for all full and partial refinishes, even at high tempera‐
tures.
5- 2-pack HS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 048 A3-
is suitable for full and partial refinishes, even at very high
temperatures. Finishes applied using this hardener are
characterised by excellent levelling
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Mixing ratio:
– See the technical data sheet of the respective base material.
Hardener selection table
+ + - ideal
+ - suitable AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
-- not particularly suitable
d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
-- - unsuitableutho eo
ra
s a c
s
Hardener se‐ 2-pack HS 2-pack HS 2-pack HS
ce
e
nl
pt
lection hardener - hardener, fast- hardener, ex‐
du
an
itte
LHA 009 041 drying - LHA tra fast-drying -
y li
erm
ab
A3- 021 004 A3- LHA 009 046
ility
ot p
A2-
wit
, is n
Complete or + - --
h re
hole
partial refinish
spec
(large areas)
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Partial refinish + ++ ++
(small repairs)
rrectness of i
High tempera‐ + -- --
tures, above
l purpos
+25 °C
Very high tem‐ - -- --
nf
ercia
peratures,
or
+30 °C to +35 °
m
m
C atio
om
n in
c
Normal tem‐ ++ - --
or
thi
e
peratures, +20
t
sd
iva
°C to +25 °C
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
Low tempera‐ - + ++
en
ng
t.
yi
tures, +15 °C
Co
Cop py
to +20 °C ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Low baking ++ + +
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Air drying ++ ++ ++
AG.
Hardener selection 2-pack HS harden‐ 2-pack HS harden‐

er, slow-drying - er, extra slow-drying
LHA 009 047 A3- - LHA 009 048 A3-
Complete or partial ++ ++
refinish (large
areas)
Partial refinish + --
(small repairs)
High temperatures, + ++
above +25 °C
Very high tempera‐ + ++
tures, +30 °C to
+35 °C
Normal tempera‐ ++ +
tures, +20 °C to
+25 °C
Low temperatures, - --
+15 °C to +20 °C
Low baking ++ ++
Air drying + +

Data
2-pack HS hardener, extra All other 2-pack HS hard‐
fast-drying - LHA 009 046 eners
A2-
Flash Below +21 °C Above +23 °C
point:
Storage
Guaranteed storage time of all 2-pack HS hardeners is 36 months
from production date. May be used until the date stated on the
label at latest if stored in sealed original containers at +20 °C.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Storage conditions d by V o gu
ara
ise nte
r
– Do not store uint damp conditions.
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– After use, replace container lid immediately, ensuring an air‐

rrectness of i
tight seal.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
3.7.2 2-pack VHS hardeners and 2-pack VHS
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Performance hardeners
AG.
Designation:
009 052 A3-
♦ 2-pack VHS Performance hardener - LVM 009 038 A2-


039 A2-
Issued 07.2013
Product description
2-pack VHS hardeners as well as VHS Performance hardeners
are highly suitable for our High-Solid products.
Properties:
♦ Their high solids content allows for economical and environ‐
mentally friendly application.
♦ Available in different types, these VHS and Performance hard‐
eners are suitable for all painting conditions and ensure very
reliable application.
Application
Note
The 2-pack HS Performance surfacer may only be applied to‐

gether with a 2-pack VHS Performance hardener.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ 2-pack HS Vario surfacer ⇒ pagey 49
Vol
ksw not
gu
b ara
ed
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer horis⇒ page 57 nte
eo
t
au ra
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer
ss ⇒ page 64 c
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ 2-pack HS Performance surfacer ⇒ page 76
du
an
itte
y li
♦ 2-pack HS top coat ⇒ page 91
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat ⇒ page 135

wit
, is n
h re
♦ 2-pack HS Vario clear coat ⇒ page 144

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ 2-pack HS Optimum clear coat ⇒ page 150

t to the co
♦ 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat ⇒ page 153

♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat ⇒ page 161
rrectness of i
♦ 2-pack HS Performance clear coat ⇒ page 165

l purpos
nform
mercia
Note
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
2-pack VHS Performance hardeners may only be applied togeth‐

his
ate
er with a 2-pack HS Performance surfacer.

do
priv
cum
for
en
g
1- 2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051
n
t.
yi Co
op
A5- is suitable for full and partial refinishes at normal tem‐ C py
t. rig
peratures.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
2- 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- is suit‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen
able for partial refinishes and low exhaust air volume in the
spray booth.
3- 2-pack VHS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 052 A2- / -LHA
009 052 A3- is suitable for all full and partial refinishes, even
at high temperatures.

4- 2-pack VHS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 053 A2-

is suitable for all full and partial refinishes, even at high
temperatures.
5- 2-pack VHS Performance hardener - LVM 009 038 A2- is
suitable for all full and partial refinishes at normal tempera‐
tures.
6- 2-pack VHS Performance hardener, slow-drying - LVM 009
039 A2- is suitable for all full and partial refinishes, even at
high temperatures.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Mixing ratio:
Hardener selection table
+ + - ideal n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
+ - suitable d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
- - not particularly suitable
autho
or
ac
ss
- - - unsuitable
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Hardener selection 2-pack VHS harden‐ 2-pack VHS harden‐
itte
y li
erm
er - LHA 009 051 er, fast-drying - LHA
ab
ility
A2- / -LVM 009 051 009 050 A2-
ot p
wit
A5-
, is n
h re
hole
Complete or partial + --
spec
refinish (large
es, in part or in w
t to the co
areas)
Partial refinish + ++
(small repairs)
rrectness of i
High temperatures, + --
l purpos
above +25 °C
Very high tempera‐ - --
nform
ercia
tures, +30 °C to
+35 °C
m
at
om
i
Normal tempera‐ ++ --
on
c
tures, +20 °C to
in t
or
his
e
+25 °C
at
do
riv
Low temperatures, - ++
p
cum
or
+15 °C to +20 °C
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Low baking ++ +
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Air drying ++ ++
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Hardener selection 2-pack VHS harden‐ 2-pack VHS harden‐
er, slow-drying - er, extra slow-drying
LHA 009 052 A2- / - - LHA 009 053 A2-
LHA 009 052 A3-
Complete or partial + ++
refinish (large
areas)
Partial refinish + +
(small repairs)
above +25 °C
Very high tempera‐ - ++
tures, +30 °C to
+35 °C
Normal tempera‐ ++ ++
tures, +20 °C to
+25 °C
Low temperatures, - -
+15 °C to +20 °C
Low baking ++ ++
Air drying ++ +

Hardener selection 2-pack VHS Per‐ 2-pack VHS Per‐

formance hardener - formance hardener,
LVM 009 038 A2- long - LVM 009 039
A2-
Complete or partial + ++
refinish (large
areas)
Partial refinishes + +
(small repairs)
above +25 °C
Very high tempera‐ - ++
tures, +30 °C to
+35 °C
Normal tempera‐ ++ ++
tures, +20°C to +25°
C
Low temperatures, - -
+15°C to +20°C
Low baking ++ + + olkswage es n
ot g
yV ua
Air drying ++ ise
d+b ran
r tee
ho
ut or
Data ss
a ac
ce
le
All VHS hardeners

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Flash point: +24 ℃
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
Storage
, is n
h re
hole
The guaranteed shelf life of VHS hardeners is 36 months as of
spec
production date. The guaranteed shelf life of VHS Performance
es, in part or in w
t to the co
hardeners is 12 months. May be used until the date stated on the
label at latest if stored in sealed original containers at +20 °C.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
Storage conditions
thi
s
iva
do
– Do not store in damp conditions.

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– After use, replace container lid immediately, ensuring an air‐

tight seal.
3.7.3 Hardener for 2-pack primer surfacer

Designation:
♦ Hardener for 2-pack primer surfacer - LHA 005 000 A2-
Note
Information on preparing and applying the hardener for 2-pack

primer surfacer may be found in the documentation for the re‐
spective base material
⇒ “3.4.5 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics”, page 82 .
3.7.4 Aqua Premium hardener

Designation:
♦ Aqua Premium hardener - LVM 045 000 A1-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Note by
Vo gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Information on preparing and applying the hardeneraut for 2-pack
h
ra
primer surfacer may be found in the documentation
ss
for the re‐ c
ce
le
spective base material

un
pt
⇒ “3.5.5 Aqua Premium system”, page 113 .
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
3.8 Thinners ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “3.8.1 2-pack thinner”, page 181
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “3.8.2 HS spot thinner”, page 185

t to the co
⇒ “3.8.3 Demineralised water”, page 187
3.8.1 2-pack thinner

rrectness of i
l purpos
Designation:
nform
ercia

m
a
com
ti

on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
♦ Nitrocellulose thinner - LVE 856 000 A3-

cum
fo
en
ng
t.
Issued 04.2013
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Product description gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
The following section describes the VW thinners which are ideally Prote
cted AG.
agen
suited to car finish repairs.

These thinners can be used to alter the viscosity of the base

products to achieve the best application under all conditions.
lk swage es n
Note byV
o ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
They are not be used for thinning waterborne base coats.
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Mixing ratio:
Selection of thinners
+ + - ideal
+ - suitable
- - not particularly suitable
- - - unsuitable
Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV u
This table gives a generalriseoverview
d of the options for using the arante
thinners listed here. Any th additional information in the technical
o eo
au ra
data sheet for the base
ss material in question takes precedence. c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
2-pack thin‐ 2-pack thin‐ 2-pack thin‐ 2-pack thin‐ 2-pack thin‐
itte
y li
erm
ner ner - LVE ner, slow- ner plus - ner, special
ab
ility
009 001 drying - LHA 014 - LVM 009
ot p
wit
A5- LVM 009 000 A5- 200 A2- / -
is n
h re
300 A2- LVM 009
ole,
spec
200 A5-
t to the co
2-pack HS + ++* + ++
top coat
2-pack HS -- -- -- ++
rrectne
clear
coats** ss
2-pack ++ +* ++ ++
o
cial p
acrylic pri‐
inform
mer/surfac‐
mer
er
atio
om
Wash pri‐ ++ -* ++ ++
n
c
i
or
mer
thi
te
sd
va
* only for high temperatures above +25 °C

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
** 2-pack HS clear coats used in a 3:1 mixing ratio with 2-pack

en
ng
t.
yi
VHS hardeners plus thinner
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Main fields of application and uses of the thinners

2-pack 2-pack 2-pack 2-pack 2-pack Nitrocel‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG
thinner thinner - thinner, thinner thinner, lulose
olks
wage does
not
LVE 009 slow-dry‐ plus - special - d bthinner
yV - gu
ara
001 A5- ing - LHA 014 LVM 009 oris LVE 856
e nte
eo
LVM 009 000 A5- 200auA2- / 000 A3-
th
ra
300 A2- s-LVM
s c
ce
e
009 200
nl
pt
du
A5-
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Main Univer‐ The spe‐ Thinner Specially Equip‐
ility
ot p
field of sal thin‐ cially de‐ for all devel‐ ment
wit
, is n
applica‐ ner for all veloped two-pack oped vis‐ cleaners
h re
tion two-pack viscosity acrylic cosity and de‐
hole
spec
acrylic thinner is products thinner greasers
es, in part or in w
products particu‐ with dry‐ particu‐
t to the co
larly suit‐ ing ac‐ larly suit‐
able for celerator able for
2-pack 2-pack
rrectness of i
HS top HS top
coats coats, 2-
l purpos
and 2- pack
pack acrylic
nf
ercia
acrylic fillers
or
surfac‐ and 2-
m
m
atio
ers. pack HS
om
n in
clear
or c
thi
coats
te
sd
a
used in a
iv
o
r
rp
cu
3:1 mix‐
o
m
f
en
ing ratio
ng
t.
yi Co
with 2- Cop py
pack
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
VHS cop Vo
by lksw
harden‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
ers plus
thinner
Applica‐ Adjusts Im‐ Adjusts Adjusts The EU
tion the vis‐ proves the vis‐ the vis‐ limit val‐
cosity of levelling cosity of cosity of ue for
priming and ab‐ priming priming this
materials sorption materials materials product
and top of over‐ and top and top (product
coats at spray at coats at coats at category
low and spray low and low and IIB.a) in
medium booth medium medium ready-to-
tempera‐ tempera‐ tempera‐ tempera‐ spray
tures tures of tures tures form is
above max. 850
+25 °C g/l of vol‐
and for atile or‐
large ob‐ ganic
jects com‐
pounds.
VOC
content:
2004/42/
IIB(a)
(850)840
Data Flash‐ Flash‐ Flash‐ Flash‐ Flash‐
point point point point point
above above above above above
+23 °C +23 °C +23 °C +23 °C +23 °C

. Volkswagen AG
swa
General
gen AG information, doPaint
es - Edition 12.2013
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
Storage ris
e nte
utho eo
ra
The guaranteed shelf life of all thinners date of isss60
a months from c
production. May be used until the date stated on the label at latest
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
3.8.2 HS spot thinner
ss
Designation:
o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
Issued 06.2013
om
n
c
i
or
n
Product description
thi
te
sd
va
HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- is a special drying accelerator

i
o
pr
cum
for small repairs with 2-pack HS top coats and certain 2-pack HS
r
fo
en
ng
clear coats . In the given mixtures, clear coats and top coats re‐
t.
yi Co
op
main VOC compliant. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Application:
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Field of application: Clever Repair
Prote AG.
♦ For small areas only

♦ Do not apply to horizontal surfaces
Substrate
See the technical data sheet of the respective base product.
♦ HS Vario clear coat - L2K 769 K01 A5-
♦ 2-pack HS uni (solid-colour top) coat - L2K 073 ... ..-
♦ 2-pack HS mixture paint - L2K 074 ... ..-

Application
Mixing ratio:
Thinner:
♦ HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- (HS spot thinner is added
instead of 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- / -LVM
009 200 A5- )
♦ +5% for 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK 769 K05 A5-
♦ +12.5 % with HS Vario clear coat - L2K 769 K01 A5-
♦ +5% for 2-pack HS Performance clear coat - LZK 769 K06 A5-
♦ +10 % for 2-pack HS Optimum plus clear coat - LZK 769 K07
A5-
♦ +12.5% for 2-pack HS uni top coat - L2K 073 ... ..- / 2-pack HS
mixing paint - L2K 074 ... ..-

– Ready for spraying, 35-45 minutes at +20 ℃ (clear coat with gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5-V)olkswa not
g y ua
db ran
– Mixed for spraying, 50-60 minutes at +20 ℃ for 2-packoHS ris uni
e
tee
(solid-colour) top coat - L2K 073 ... ..- / 2-pack HS mixing
au
th
paint or
ac
- L2K 074 ... ..- ss
ce
e
nl
pt
Application:
du
an
itte
y li
erm
– Refer to respective technical data sheets for information on
ab
ility
using clear coats and 2-pack HS mixing paint and top coats.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Application to large areas or horizontal surfaces (e.g. bonnet)
can result in technical disadvantages
rrectness of i
♦ A “fast” hardener system is preferable for use with the Clever
Repair system
l purpos
Data
nf
ercia
orm

m
atio
om
n in
or c
Storage
thi
te
sd
iva
Guaranteed storage time of all 2-pack HS spot thinners is 24

r
rp
cu
o
months from production date. May be used until the date stated
f
en
ng
t.
on the label at latest if stored in sealed original containers at +20 °
yi Co
op
C.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.8.3 Demineralised water

Designation:
♦ Aqua plus demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5-
Note
No technical data sheet is necessary for this product.
3.9 Anti-corrosion materials

⇒ “3.9.1 Anti-corrosion wax”, page 187
⇒ “3.9.2 Cavity-preservative agent”, page 188
⇒ “3.9.3 Anti-corrosion wax (in aerosol can)”, page 191
3.9.1 Anti-corrosion wax

Designation: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ Anti-corrosion wax - AKR 321 M15 b4- yV
o l not
gu
ara
d
ise nte
♦ Anti-corrosion wax - AKR 321thM16
or 10- eo
au ra
s c
Issued 04.2009 s
ce
le
un
pt
Product description
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Anti-corrosion wax - AKR 321 M15 4- and anti-corrosion wax -
ility
ot p
AKR 321 M16 10- are aerosol wax-based rust-protection agents.
wit
is n
h re
The film which remains after drying is strongly adhesive, tough,
ole,
plastic, water-repellent and nearly colourless.
spec
The flow point of the dry substance is over +100 ℃, meaning that
t to the co
running or dripping is unlikely even in the engine compartment.
The dry film adheres well to untreated and painted surfaces.
rrectne
ss
Application
o
cial p
f in
♦ Used for preserving seams, surfaces and cavities of vehicles.

form
mer
atio
♦ Its light colour makes it especially suitable for protecting

om
seams on the bonnet and in the boot.

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ The material is also preferred for preserving the cleaned en‐

t
sd
va
gine compartment.
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Application
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Note
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Before using, read the safety measures and recommendations

in the safety data sheet.
♦ Even for products which are not required by law to be labelled,
the usual safety measures for chemical products must be ob‐
served.
– The parts to be treated with anti-corrosion wax should be

cleaned and dried thoroughly beforehand, and any rust must
be removed.
– Shake the can well before use. Spray on anti-corrosion wax
and allow it to dry. Do not apply to visible exterior surfaces
because the dry film has a flat appearance.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Amarok 2011 ➤ b,yBeetle
Vol 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ ,nCaddyot g
ua 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
d
rise Paint - Edition 12.2013 ran
tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
Caution
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
If engine compartments of vehicles or other equipment are
erm
ab
ility
treated with sealant, the engines should not be switched on
ot p
wit
until the protective wax film has been allowed to dry thoroughly.
, is n
h re
(Danger of explosion due to evaporating solvents)
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Technical data
Colour Transparent in thin coat
rrectness of i
Odour Mild odour
l purpos
Viscosity (DIN 12-14 seconds

53211, 4 mm)
nform
ercia
Dropping Approx. 100 °C

point
m
at
om
io
Cleaning With mineral spirits, cold cleaner or kerosene
n
c
in t
or
his
e
Working tem‐ +15 °C to +30 °C

at
do
riv
perature
p
cum
for
en
g
3.9.2 Cavity-preservative agent

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Designation:
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
♦ Cavity-preservative agent - D 330 KD1 A2- cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Cavity-preservative agent - D 330 KD2 A1-

Issued 04.2010
Product description
Cavity-preservative agent - D 330 KD1 A2- and cavity-preserva‐
tive agent - D 330 KD2 A1- are solvent-based, high solid-content
corrosion inhibitors for sealing cavities.
It is a thixotropic solution with good atomizing properties, ideal for
protecting areas that are difficult to access such as narrow gaps
between panels.
This cavity protectant infiltrates and displaces moisture and con‐
tains a high proportion of rust inhibitors.
The cavity protectant is very finely atomized during spraying, has
outstanding creep properties, penetrates well into narrow gaps
(such as welded seams) which need protection but does not run
significantly out of seams.
The material can be applied even at low temperatures above 10
°C, but its creep properties improve when the product and the
bodywork are at ambient temperature.
When completely dry, this product forms a waxy film which is
plastic, water-repellent and nearly transparent beige.
Application
♦ Mostly used in the workshop for spraying the interior of cavities
to supplement the cavity sealing of new vehicles and to restore
cavity sealing after 2-3 years as well as after accident repair.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note ed by
V gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut
♦ Before using,
s a read the safety measures and recommendations ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
served.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Application of cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD1 A2-
ole,
spec
♦ The cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD1 A2- can be easily
t to the co
applied using the pressure-feed spray gun and the appropriate
probes.
♦ The operating pressure of the pressure-feed spray gun is
rrectne
5-6 bar. The material pressure reducer should be set to 5 bar.
s
♦ If the material is stored for a long time or if the temperature
s o
falls below +10 ℃, it becomes more thixotropic. However, this
cial p
f in
will be reduced again during spraying at working temperature.
form
mer
The product also displays its normal properties after spraying.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
Note
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
Depending on the type of cavity to be treated, the drying phase

fo
en
ng
can last several days. Ensure that the vehicle is well ventilated
t.
yi Co
op
during the drying process. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
Application of cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD2 A1-
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ All trim parts are to be removed. Any existing rust is to be re‐
moved as completely as possible.
♦ To treat hard-to-reach surfaces (e.g. partial cavities in doors
etc.), the spray nozzle is replaced by the spray tube in the cap.
♦ The material should be at ambient temperature during pro‐
cessing.
♦ If the material is stored for a long time or if the temperature
falls below +10 ℃, it becomes more thixotropic. Therefore, the
can must be vigorously shaken before use so that the rattling
of the ball can be heard.
♦ The body parts should be cleaned of dust and grease and then
sprayed evenly. The can should be held vertically when spray‐
ing.
♦ When working with the “spray tube”, it can be slowly guided in
circles in all directions.
♦ The spray head with the round spray nozzle enables the ap‐
plication of a fine, even coat on surfaces such as vehicle
underbodies, giving these a perfect appearance.
Note
Cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD2 A1- contains flammable pro‐

pellant. Ensure that cavities as well as the entire vehicle are well
ventilated during the drying period before they are closed again,
for example, with door trim. Depending on the type of cavity to be
treated, the drying phase can last several days.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 autho
➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ... eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Caution
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Functional components such as brake and exhaust systems
, is n
h re
are not to be sprayed.
hole
spec
In addition, rubber and plastic parts are not to be sprayed.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Cleaning
rrectness of i
♦ Preservative which drips out can be easily wiped away. l purpos
♦ Plastic cleaner - D 195 850 A1- is suitable for removing dried
material.
nform
ercia
♦ Larger areas may be cleaned with a high-pressure steam

m
at
cleaner. Splashes on painted surfaces should be removed im‐
om
io
mediately.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
Technical data, cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD1 A2-

at
do
priv
cum
or
Colour Transparent beige

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Odour Typical unique odour t. Cop py
rig
gh
Solids content Approx. 60% (active ingredient)
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Consistency Thixotropic Prote
cted AG.
agen
Stability At least 100 μm

Top coat com‐ No permanent change to the paint
patibility
Removability Dry material can be easily removed
after 24 hours
Characteris‐ Does not drip
tics in drying
oven
(1.5 hours at
90 °C)
Frost resist‐ Does not crack
ance
Corrosion re‐ Does not corrode
sistance
perature
Use tempera‐ -40 ℃ to +90 ℃
ture
Technical data, cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD2 A1-
Colour Transparent beige (nearly transparent)
Odour Typical unique odour
Solids content Approx. 60% (active ingredient)
Dropping Approx. 150 ℃
point of solid
matter
Consistency Thixotropic
Stability At least 100 μm
Penetration > 16 cm
Top coat com‐ No permanent change to the paint
patibility
Removability Dry material can be easily removed
after 24 hours

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC by V2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy
ol
gu 2011 ...
ara
d
rise General information, Paint - Edition 12.2013 nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
Characteris‐ Does not drip
ce
e
nl
tics in drying
pt
du
an
oven
itte
y li
erm
(1.5 hours at
ab
ility
90 °C)
ot p
wit
, is n
Frost resist‐ Does not crack
h re
hole
ance
spec
es, in part or in w
Corrosion re‐ Does not corrode
t to the co
sistance
perature
rrectness of i
Use tempera‐ -40 °C to +90 °C (+120 °C briefly up to 1 hour)
ture l purpos
3.9.3 Anti-corrosion wax (in aerosol can)
nform
mercia
at
Designation:
om
ion
c
in t
r
♦ Anti-corrosion wax - D 308 SP5 A1-

o
his
ate
do
riv
Issued 04.2009
p
cum
for
Product description
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Anti-corrosion wax - D 308 SP5 A1- offers ideal corrosion pro‐ t. C rig
gh ht
tection for areas of the body threatened by corrosion such as yri
p by
o Vo
double layers of sheet metal (seams, gaps and flanges), edges
c by lksw
cted agen
and surfaces.
Prote AG.
Long-term corrosion protection is assured by the very good pen‐

etration as well as excellent adhesion to metallic surfaces.
The product is compatible with and easy to remove from top coat
as well as rubber and plastic add-on components.
Application
♦ The recommended dry coat thickness is about 30 μm.
Technical data
Propane and 45-49 %
butane con‐
tent
Active ingre‐ 22-26 %
dient content
Solvent con‐ 27-31 %
tent
Viscosity 16-22 seconds
(DIN 53211,
4 mm)
Dropping >150 °C
point of solid
material
Cleaning with mineral spirits
Working +18 °C to +25 °C
temperature
Flashpoint +27 to +33 °C
PMCC (DIN
EN 22719)
Colour Light beige
Use temper‐ +10 ℃ to +30 ℃
ature

Frost resist‐ to -30 °C

ance
3.10 Underbody protection

⇒ “3.10.1 Permanent underbody protection D 314 D36 M2 , grey”,
page 192
⇒ “3.10.2 Permanent underbody protection D 314 D37 M2 ,
black”, page 195
⇒ “3.10.3 Permanent underbody protection D 314 D38 M2 , light”,
page 198
3.10.1 Permanent underbody protection - D

314 D36 M2- , grey
Designation:
♦ Permanent underbody protection - D 314 D36 M2- , grey
Issued 02.2010
Product description, permanent underbody protection - D 314
D36 M2- , grey
Permanent underbody protection - D 314 D36 M2- is a grey coat‐
ing compound based on an aqueous synthetic resin dispersion
olkswagen AG
which can be sprayed on using a UBS gun.swagen AG. V does
k not
Vol gu
Drying time depends on the coat thickness
ed
by as well as the ambient ara
nte
oris
temperature and humidity. Good tventilation and higher tempera‐ eo
h
tures accelerate drying. s au ra
c
s ce
le
The dried film adheres well to sheet metal, which is galvanised or

un
pt
coated with electrophoretic primer, as well as to painted sub‐
an
d
itte
y li
strates. Due to the great resistance to abrasion and flexibility
erm
ab
under cold conditions, permanent underbody protection exhibits

ility
ot p
excellent stone-chipping protection.

wit
is n
h re
ole,
Permanent underbody protection can be quickly overpainted with

spec
water-based paints.
t to the co
After air drying about 2 to 3 hours, the material can be overpainted

with conventional solvent-based paint systems as well.
rrectne
The dried coating is easy to sand after thorough hardening.

Permanent underbody protection is suitable for reproducing the
s
original structure following repairs.

s o
cial p
f in
The material is only temporarily resistant to naphtha and cold

form
mer
cleaners.
atio
m
Application
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ Permanent underbody protection - D 314 D36 M2- is suitable

t
sd
va
for repairing underbodies, wheel housings, and front end and

i
o
pr
cum
r
rear ends and can be applied to visible parts such as door sills
fo
en
ng
as paintable protection against stone chipping, road salt and

t.
yi Co
op
corrosion due to moisture. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ The material is suitable for repairing various surface structures cop Vo
by lksw
following repairs to all sorts of vehicles. cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Permanent underbody protection is suitable for deadening

noise from boots, bonnets, wheel housings and side panels as
well as covering and sealing repaired surfaces, welded joints
and overlaps.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Note by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
aut
h
ra
in the safety data sheet. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
served.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Application
h re
hole
spec
♦ The surfaces to be treated must be cleaned thoroughly be‐ es, in part or in w
forehand, and any rust must be removed.
t to the co
♦ The surfaces must be dry and free of dirt, dust and grease.
rrectness of i
♦ Surfaces which are not to be coated should be covered with
paper.
l purpos
♦ Bare steel surfaces are to be primed before application of per‐

manent underbody protection.
nform
ercia
♦ Permanent underbody protection is applied from the 1-litre can

m
at
using the UBS gun. The application pressure is 4-5 bar.
om
ion
c
in t
r
♦ Shake the can vigorously for one minute before use.

o
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
Caution
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Do not spray onto joints, engine, propshaft, exhaust, catalytic
C py
t. rig
gh
converter or brake system.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
Blow out the UBS gun immediately after use and then clean it
agen
Prote AG.
with plastic cleaner - D 195 850 A1- D 195 850 A1.
If the UBS gun becomes blocked, the can may burst.
Observe the operating instructions of the UBS gun.
Overpainting
Note
Permanent underbody protection can be overpainted with both

water-based and solvent-based paints. Due to the large number
of systems available in the market, test spraying is necessary.
1- Overpainting with water-based paints:

– After drying to a matt surface and up to 72 hours following
application, permanent underbody protection can be over‐
painted using water-based paints.
2- Overpainting with conventional solvent-based paints:
– After drying thoroughly and up to 72 hours following applica‐
tion, permanent underbody protection can be overpainted us‐
ing solvent-based paints. The material is a fast-drying thick-
coat system. When accelerating drying with forced air, ensure
that the fast-developed skin is not blown away over the still-
wet material on which it is floating. This can cause cracking in
the finish.
Cleaning
♦ Splashes on painted surfaces should be removed immediately
using plastic cleaner - D 195 850 A1- .

♦ Equipment and soiled parts must be cleaned with water im‐

mediately after application, if necessary using a water-based
cleaning agent. Do not use any solvent-based cleaning
agents, for these cause coagulation. After drying, permanent
underbody protection can only be removed mechanically.
Technical data
Technical data:
Colour grey
Odour slight ammonia odour
Density Approx. 1.22 g/cm³
Solids content Approx. 67%
Viscosity 0.5 Pas
Test equip‐ Physica
ment
Test method Z4
Wet applica‐ 1 mm
tion thickness
Thinner/ Distilled water
cleanser
Working tem‐ +10 ℃ to +25 ℃
perature agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
Use tempera‐ -25 ℃ tod b+80 y V ℃ (+100 °C briefly up to 1 hour)
o gu
ara
ture orise nte
eo
h
ut
ss a Acoustic data: ra
c
Loss factor approx. 0.10
ce
e
nl
pt
du
DIN 53440
an
itte
y li
erm
Temperature: 20 °C
ab
ility
ot p
Frequency 200 Hz
wit
, is n
h re
Material Sheet steel 1 mm

hole
spec
Relative thick‐ 2:1

es, in part or in w
ness of coat‐
t to the co
ing to sheet
metal
rrectness of i
Storage
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Storage conditions
The recommended storage temperature for permanent under‐
body protection is +10 °C to 25 °C. gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
wa oes
olks no
Permanent underbody protection
db
yV is sensitive to freezing; storage
t gu
ara
temperature must not drop
or
ise
below +5 °C. nte
e th or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
314 D37 M2- , black
Designation:
rrectne
♦ Permanent underbody protection - D 314 D37 M2- , black
s
Issued 02.2010
s o
cial p
f i
Product description, permanent underbody protection - D 314
nform
D37 M2- , black
mer
atio
m
Permanent underbody protection - D 314 D367 M2- is a black

o
n
c
i
coating compound based on an aqueous synthetic resin disper‐
or
n thi
e
sion which can be sprayed on using a UBS gun.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
Drying time depends on the coat thickness as well as the ambient um
r
fo
en
ng
temperature and humidity. Good ventilation and higher tempera‐

t.
yi Co
tures accelerate drying. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
The dried film adheres well to sheet metal, which is galvanised or p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

Permanent underbody protection can be quickly overpainted with
water-based paints.
The dried coating is easy to sand after thorough hardening.
Permanent underbody protection is suitable for reproducing the
original structure following repairs.
cleaners.
Application
corrosion due to moisture.
♦ The material is suitable for repairing various surface structures
following repairs to all sorts of vehicles.
♦ Permanent underbody protection is suitable for deadening
noise from boots, bonnets, wheel housings and side panels as
well as covering and sealing repaired surfaces, welded joints
and overlaps.

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Before using, read the bysafety measures and recommendations
o
♦ d
V gu
ara
in the safety dataorsheet.
ise nte
eo
h
ut ra
♦ Even for products
ss a
which are not required by law to be labelled, c
ce
le
un
pt
served.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
Application
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ The surfaces to be treated must be cleaned thoroughly be‐
h re
forehand, and any rust must be removed.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ The surfaces must be dry and free of dirt, dust and grease.
t to the co
paper.
rrectness of i
l purpos

♦ Permanent underbody protection is applied from the 1-litre can
nform
ercia
using the UBS gun. The application pressure is 4-5 bar.

m
♦ Shake the can vigorously for one minute before use.
a
com
tion in
r
te o
Caution thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Overpainting
Note
Permanent underbody protection can be overpainted with both


the finish.
Cleaning


Technical data
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Technical data:
lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
Colour Black ed
b ara
nte
oris
Odour slight ammonia
au
th odour eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Viscosity
erm
0.5 Pas
ab
ility
ot p
Test equip‐ Physica
wit
is n
ment
h re
ole,
Test method Z4
spec
Wet applica‐ 1 mm
t to the co
tion thickness
Thinner/ Distilled water
rrectne
cleanser
s
perature
s o
cial p
f
Use tempera‐ -25 ℃ to +80 ℃ (+100 °C briefly up to 1 hour)
inform
ture
mer
atio
Acoustic data:
om
n
c
Loss factor approx. 0.10
i
or
n thi
e
DIN 53440
t
sd
iva
o
r
Temperature: 20 °C
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Frequency 200 Hz
t.
yi Co
op py
Material Sheet steel 1 mm t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
Relative thick‐ 2:1 cop Vo
by lksw
ness of coat‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
ing to sheet
metal
Storage

Storage conditions
body protection is +10 °C to 25 °C.
Permanent underbody protection is sensitive to freezing; storage
temperature must not drop below +5 °C.

314 D38 M2- , light
Designation:
♦ Permanent underbody protection - D 314 D38 M2- , light
Issued 02.2010
Product description n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
Permanent underbody protectionse-dD 314 D38 M2- is a light,
b ua
ran
translucent, non-hiding compound tho
ir
based on an aqueous synthet‐ tee
or
ic resin dispersion which can aube sprayed on using a UBS, paint ac
ss
or filler gun.
ce
le
un
pt
Drying time depends on the coat thickness as well as the ambient
an
d
itte
y li
temperature and humidity. Good ventilation and higher tempera‐
erm
tures accelerate drying. ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n
The dried film adheres well to sheet metal, which is galvanised or h re

ole,

spec


t to the co

The permanent underbody protection can be quickly worked on
rrectne
or overpainted with water-based paints.

ss

o
cial p
f inform
The permanent underbody protection may be pigmented and

mer
mixed with water-based paints and may be thinned with demin‐

atio
m
eralised water. When adding pigment, up to 30% by volume

o
n
c
ready-to-spray water-based paint may be added.

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
The mixing ratio, spray pressure and spray distance may be var‐
iv
o
pr
ied to achieve smooth surfaces or fine or coarse structures.

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
cleaners. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Application
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
corrosion due to moisture.
♦ The material is suitable for repairing various surface structures
following repairs to all sorts of vehicles.
♦ The variable options for pigmentation offer a special advant‐
age. Any scratches and stone chipping are thus rendered as
inconspicuous as possible.

Note

served.
Application agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
o lksw not
♦ The surfaces to be treated must d bbe cleaned thoroughly be‐
y V gu
ara
forehand, and any rust must rise removed.
be nte
tho eo
au ra
♦ The surfaces must be dry
ss and free of dirt, dust and grease. c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
paper.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Permanent underbody protection may be applied to all com‐
spec
mon sealing materials except silicone and exhibits good ad‐
es, in part or in w
hesion.
t to the co
♦ Sealants containing softeners may cause the surface of per‐
manent underbody protection to soften or exhibit slight sticki‐
rrectness of i
ness. However, the material will not lose its adhesive property
as a result.
l purpos
♦ Shake the can thoroughly before use.
nform
ercia
♦ Permanent underbody protection must not be applied with

rusty filler guns or paint guns. The material may be thinned
m
at
om
i
with up to 10% by volume distilled or demineralised water to
on
c
in t
achieve the necessary viscosity.
or
his
ate
♦ The first coat should not be applied too heavily (12 spray
do
priv
pass).
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ The Permanent underbody protection can be mixed with up to
Co
op py
30% by volume ready-to-spray water-based paints.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
♦ To recreate common structures, best results will be achieved
co lksw
by
cted agen
with 10-15% ready-to-spray paint mixture. Prote AG.
♦ The material should be filtered through a paint sieve before

application.
Caution


Overpainting
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
Permanent underbody protection can be overpainted with both ed
ris nte
o
aut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

the finish.
nform
ercia
Cleaning
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Technical data by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Technical data:
Colour White, non-hiding
Odour slight ammonia odour
Viscosity 1 Pas
Test equip‐ Rheomat STV
ment
Test method Rotor 30
Speed 200 rpm
Stability up to 1 mm wet
perature
ture

Storage
Guaranteed shelf life is 12 months from date of production. May
Storage conditions
body protection is +10 °C to 25 °C.
Permanent underbody protection is sensitive to freezing;
olks
wagestorage es n
ot g
temperature must not drop below +5 °C. d byV ua
ran
e
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
3.11 Stone chip guard
spec
⇒ “3.11.1 Stone chip guard AKR 311 KD1 05 ”, page 201
t to the co
⇒ “3.11.2 Stone chip guard AKR 311 KD1 10 ”, page 203
rrectne
3.11.1 Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 05-
Designation:
ss o
cial p
f
♦ Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 05- , black
inform
mer
Issued 04.2009
atio
om
n
Product description
c
i
or
n thi
e
Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 05- is a finely atomising coating
t
sd
iva
material on a synthetic resin basis.

pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
The dried film adheres well on clean substrates as well as bare

t.
yi Co
op
and painted sheet metal. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
It exhibits good hiding power, good corrosion protection, high re‐ cop Vo
by lksw
sistance to abrasion and, consequently, good stone-chipping cted agen
Prote AG.
protection.
The fast-drying stone chip protection spray can be painted over
after only 7 minutes with commercially available vehicle paint
systems.
It can be dried without problems in a drying oven at 60 °C.
Unusual mechanical stress (e.g. automatic car washes) should
be generally avoided in the first few weeks.
The mechanical durability of the painted surfaces can be found in
the manufacturer’s product specifications.
Application
♦ Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 05- may be used on all visible
parts, such as front and rear spoilers and door sills to protect

against stone chipping, road salt and moisture corrosion. It can

be quickly painted over.
♦ The material may also be used to supplement stone chip pro‐
tection film or for spot repair and accident repair.
Note

♦ Even for products which are not required by law to be labelled, olkswagen AG
the usual safety measures for chemical products must be agob‐
en AG. V does
ksw
served. by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
h
Application au
t ra
c
ss
♦ The surfaces to be treated with stone chip protection must be
ce
le
un
pt
cleaned thoroughly beforehand, and any rust must be re‐
an
d
itte
y li
moved.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ The surfaces must be dry and free of grease, dirt and, as far
wit
as possible, dust.
is n
h re
ole,
♦ The material should be at ambient temperature during pro‐
spec
cessing.
t to the co
♦ Shake the can vigorously. When the metal ball starts to rattle,
continue shaking for about 1 minute.
rrectne
♦ Hold the can vertically when spraying and spray from a dis‐
tance of 20 to 30 cm.
ss
♦ If the surrounding area was masked off before spraying, the
o
cial p
f i
masking should be removed before drying.
nform
mer
♦ Abrasion and corrosion protection increases with the thick‐
atio
m
ness of the coating. Therefore, one or two additional coats

o
n
c
i
should be applied after short flash-off periods.
or
n thi
te
sd
a
♦ To prevent spraying shadows, spray on the material with cross

iv
o
pr
c
pattern.
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ After use, hold the can upside down and clear the valve by
Co
op py
spraying until only propellant exits the nozzle.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Caution Prote AG.
Do not spray onto moving parts or parts exposed to heat such

as joints, engine, gearbox, propshaft, exhaust, catalytic con‐
verter and brake system.
Cleaning
♦ Splashes and spray mist can be removed immediately with
naphtha.
♦ Dry material can only be removed with thinner D or thinner R.
Be careful of fresh paint.
Technical data
Colour Light or black
Odour Solvent
Coat thick‐ 250 - 300 µm dry film
ness after 2 - 3
cross-spray
applications
Drying time Dust dry in approx. 2 hours


perature
ture
3.11.2 Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 10-

Designation:
♦ Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 10- , black
Issued 10.2012
Product description
Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 10- , black may be thinned with
water.
Properties:
♦ High elasticity
♦ May be overpainted with all top coats
♦ Is suitable for protection of areas of cars and trucks which are
in danger of stone chipping, such as front bumpers and door
sills.
Substrate
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Suitable substrates: olkswag does
not
y V gu
b ara
♦ Well-sanded orisfactory
ed
paint or old paint (including thermoplastic
nte
paint) auth eo
ra
ss c
♦ Surfaces treated with primer or surfacer
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Caution
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 10- must not be applied to
, is n
h re
PVB (acid-curing) surfaces.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Application
Spray equipment:
– Underbody protection spray gun (UBS gun) with thread for
disposable cans.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– If a smoother surface is desired, stone chip guard - AKR 311

erm
ab
KD1 10- applied with a gravity-feed gun if it is first appropriately

ility
ot p
thinned.
wit
, is n
h re
Thinner:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– May be thinned with demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5-

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Method of application: “high-pressure spraying”.

3-4 bar.
Note
Do not thin for high-pressure spraying. The viscosity as supplied

is correct for application.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
Method of application: “spraying”.s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Application viscosity 4 mm, gravity-feed spray gun “compliant”:

• Depending on addition of demineralised water - LVW 010 000
nform
ercia
A5-
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.



lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Apply 2-3 spray coats.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
Drying
c
in t
or
his
te
Air drying at +20 °C room temperature, up to 150 µm for 2 to 2.5

a
do
riv
hours and up to 300 µm overnight.

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw no
Force drying at +60 °C material dtemperature,
by
V 150-300 µm 30 mi‐ t guara
nutes. ris
e nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Recoating
rrectness of i
Recoat with:
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
m
Data
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
supplied
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
Flash point: non-flammable

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
VOC content: The EU limit value for this product (product cat‐ Cop py
t. rig
2004/42/IIB(c) egory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max. 540 yri
gh by
ht
(540)130 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC op Vo
by c lksw
content of this product in ready-to-spray form is cted agen
Prote AG.
max. 130 g/l.
Storage

Storage conditions
The prescribed storage temperature is +20 °C. (Do not store at
temperatures below +5 °C.)
3.12 Wax-based underseal

⇒ “3.12.1 Wax-based underseal D 316 D38 A2 ”, page 208
⇒ “3.12.2 Wax-based underseal D 316 000 A1 ”, page 210
⇒ “3.12.3 Spray wax (spraying wax) D 322 100 M2 ”, page 211
3.12.1 Wax-based underseal - D 316 D38 A2-

Designation:
♦ Wax-based underseal - D 316 D38 A2-
Issued 04.2009 lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Product description orised ran
tee
th or
u
Wax underseal - Dss
a316 D38 A2- is a solution of an anti-corrosion ac
agent based on wax and lanolin with polymer and rust-protection
ce
e
nl
pt
additives.
du
an
itte
y li
This results in high viscosity and, for wax, relatively high abrasion
erm
ab
ility
resistance.
ot p
wit
, is n
The material seeps into the pores of the PVC coating, pushes out
h re
hole
moisture, closes the pores and is water repellant, highly adhesive

spec
and dry to the touch.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
When dry, it forms a light-beige, transparent, non-sticking, water-

repellant film.
rrectness of i
Its transparency permits the inspection of the underbody in con‐

formance with the German technical inspection association
l purpos
(TÜV).
The dry film has good adhesion and corrosion-protection proper‐
nf
ercia
ties and is very durable due to its toughness and resistance.

rm
m
atio
m
Technical data sheet, wax underseal - D 316 D38 A2-

o
n in
or c
Application
thi
te
sd
iva
♦ The material is used primarily on the underbody, especially for

r
rp
cu
o
treatment and maintenance of all protective coats of materials

f
en
ng
t.
based on, for example, PVC, PVC/wax, bitumen/rubber and
yi Co
op
rubber/resin basis.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ It can also be used to treat shafts as well as suspension com‐ cop Vo
by lksw
ponents including links and springs. These parts become grey
cted agen
Prote AG.
with age and often display incipient rust. The treatment re‐
freshes the paint, which improves the appearance substan‐
tially. At the same time, the parts are protected against
corrosion.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Note ised b ara
nte
o r eo
h
ut ra
♦ Before
ss a
using, read the safety measures and recommendations c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
served.
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Application
spec
♦ The surfaces to be treated with wax underseal must be
t to the co
cleaned thoroughly beforehand, and any rust must be re‐
moved.
rrectne
♦ The surfaces must be dry and free of grease, dirt and, as far
as possible, dust.
ss
♦ Wax underseal must be applied only to dry surfaces. Inspect
o
cial p
f
older vehicles for incipient rust.
inform
mer
♦ Any rust must be removed with a wire brush.
atio
om
♦ Before beginning work, cover the vehicle, especially the door
n
c
i
or
n
windows.
thi
te
sd
va
♦ Wax underseal can be applied to vertical surfaces in one step.

i
o
pr
cum
r
To obtain thorough coverage, it is recommended to spray in a

fo
en
ng
cross pattern.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
♦ After drying overnight, the vehicle can be used again. Between
ht rig
rig ht
by
24 and 48 hours are required for hard drying.
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Use a UBS gun to apply from the 1-litre can. The can must be
AG.
shaken before use.

♦ Recommended wet-film thickness, approx. 200 µm; applica‐
tion air pressure approx. 3-5 bar.
♦ Wax underseal can also be applied with a pressure-feed spray
gun if the Venturi hook probe (16139 SATA) is used. The ap‐
plication pressure is 3-4 bar. A 750 mm flexible hose enables
the operator to easily guide the hook with the 7 mm venturi
nozzle.
Caution

Cleaning
♦ Splashes and spray mist should be removed immediately us‐
ing plastic cleaner - D 195 850 A1- . Residual material can also
be easily removed with mineral spirits or kerosene.
♦ Larger surfaces can also be cleaned with a steam cleaner.
♦ For this reason, an underbody that has been treated with wax
underseal cannot be cleaned with steam cleaning devices un‐
less it is to remove the old layer before beginning a new
treatment.

Technical data
Colour Transparent light beige
Odour Mild odour
Consistency Fluid, slightly thixotropic
Heat resist‐ > 100 °C
ance of the dry
film
Complete dry‐ 24-48 hours
ing
perature
ture AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
3.12.2 Wax-based underseal - D 316 000 A1- y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
Designation: s aut ra
c
s
♦ Wax-based underseal - D 316 000 A1-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Issued 01.2008
y li
erm
ab
ility
Product description
ot p
wit
, is n
Wax underseal - D 316 000 A1- offers excellent long-term under‐
h re
hole
body corrosion protection.
spec
es, in part or in w
Wax underseal is based on a solvent-free, oxidative-drying sys‐
t to the co
tem and offers excellent underbody corrosion protection.
This corrosion protection is the result of very good adhesion to
rrectness of i
metal surfaces at both very low and high temperatures.
l purpos
The product creates a light-brown, elastic coating which is firm to

the touch.
nf
ercia
It is not necessary to raise the temperature to produce a film

orm
coating.
m
atio
om
Technical data sheet, wax underseal - D 316 000 A1-

n in
or c
thi
e
Application
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ The material is used primarily in automotive applications.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Ensure that the substrates are dry. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ The ready-to-use product is applied by brush at a material yri
p by
o Vo
temperature between 20 and 35 °C.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ When required by the application method, the material can be
gently heated to maximum 45 °C directly () before application.
♦ The oxidative curing product may already develop a skin on
the surface after only a short time. This has no influence on its
anti-corrosion protection or other properties
Properties
♦ Solvent-free
♦ Active ingredient content: 100%
♦ Excellent long-term anti-corrosion protection
♦ Good adhesion
♦ Low tendency to drip
♦ Low-temperature flexibility

♦ Long storage life
Note

served.
Application
♦ The surfaces to be treated must be dry and free of grease or
dust.
♦ Bring wax-based underseal to application temperature
(20-35 °C).
♦ Apply material to body parts which are to be protected and
spread with a brush.
Technical data
Base Mixture of anti-corrosion additives on sulfonate
basis, alkyd resin, special mineral oil raffinates,
pigments, thickeners, drying accelerators and
fluorescent pigments.
Form and col‐ light-brown, viscous liquid
our as sup‐
plied agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
Rheomat vis‐ 1850 ± 350 mPas d by(PP50
V system, d= 760 1/s) gu
ara
cosity orise nte
eo
h
ut
Density at 15 ° 0.995 ± s0.015
s a g/ml ra
c
C DIN EN ISO
ce
le
un
12185
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Solids content 99 ± 1 %
erm
ab
ility
Flashpoint Approx. 150 °C

ot p
wit
DIN EN ISO
is n
h re
2719
ole,
spec
Recommen‐ 100-400 µm
ded coat thick‐
t to the co
nesses
rrectne
perature
Storage Approx. 12 months at temperatures between
s
+10 °C and 30 °C
s o
cial p
f i
Container 310 ml
nform
mer
3.12.3 Spray wax (spraying wax) - D 322 100

atio
om
n
c
M2-
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Designation:
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
♦ Spray wax (spraying wax) - D 322 100 M2-

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Issued 01.2011
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
Product description
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Spray wax (spraying wax) - D 322 100 M2- is a long-term anti-
corrosion agent. The product forms a light-brow, waxy film when
dry. Due to its hardness, spray wax offers good protection against
mechanical stress.

Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ ,enCC AG.2012
Volksw➤
age,nCaddy
AG do 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
ag
General information, PaintV-oEdition
lksw 12.2013 es n
ot g
y ua
db ran
rise tee
Technical data sheet, sprayutwax
ho -D 322 100 M2- or
s a ac
Application s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ The material is used primarily in automotive applications but
an
itte
y li
may be used as temporary anti-corrosion protection for tools
erm
ab
and machines.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Spray wax does not attack car finishes and adheres to nearly
h re
all substrates.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
served.
m
at
om
io
Application
n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ Bring spray wax to ambient temperature (16-20 ℃).

at
do
priv
c
♦ Shake the aerosol can briefly before using.
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ The surfaces to be treated (underbody, wheel housings, in‐
Co
op py
sides of doors) must be dry and free of grease or dust. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Apply spray wax at a distance of 20-30 cm evenly in a cross
co Vo
by lksw
cted
pattern.
agen
Prote AG.
Caution

Technical data
Base Wax mixture
Colour light brown/transparent
Type of film hard, waxy
Density 0.735 g/cm³
Solids content 35.4 %
Flashpoint of 29 ℃
active ingredi‐
ent
Flashpoint of < -20
spray
Recommen‐ 50 µm wet
ded coat thick‐
nesses
Drying time Approx. 30 min
Thermal sta‐ 105 °C
bility
Remove with Mineral spirits
perature
Propellant Propane, butane
(aerosol)
Aerosol stor‐ cool and dry < 50 °C
age

. Volkswagen AG
swa
gen AG General information,
does Paint - Edition 12.2013
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
e
Warning Highly flammable horis nte
eo
ut ra
Container 500 ml ss
a c
ce
le
un
pt
3.13 Sealing materials
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “3.13.1 Polyurethane adhesive sealant (bonding compound)”,
ility
ot p
page 213
wit
is n
h re
⇒ “3.13.2 Sprayable sealant”, page 215
ole,
spec
⇒ “3.13.3 Adhesive sealant”, page 218
t to the co
3.13.1 Polyurethane adhesive sealant (bond‐
ing compound)
rrectne
Designation:
ss
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant (bonding compound) - AKD
o
cial p
f i
476 KD5 05-
nform
mer
Issued 04.2009
atio
om
n
Product description
c
i
or
n thi
te
Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- is a one-pack
sd
iva
o
r
adhesive sealing paste on polyurethane basis which, when ex‐

p
cum
r
fo
posed to air humidity, hardens into a rubbery-elastic material.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
The time required to form a skin or to cure completely depends C py
t. rig
on the air humidity and the temperature. The curing time also de‐
gh ht
pyri by
pends on the depth of joints.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Increasing the temperature and air humidity can reduce these
times. Low temperatures and low air humidity, on the other hand,
increase them.
Properties:
♦ Can be overpainted, even “wet-on-wet”
♦ Levels out slightly on the surface
♦ Excellent elasticity
♦ High resistance to ageing
♦ Can be sanded
♦ Can be spread
Application
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- is used for
elastic seals and bonds, especially for sealing seams and very
narrow gaps where the lack of durability is not a problem, in
the field of body and vehicle construction as well as add-on
structures, especially when the seam sealant is to be painted
over. To avoid yellowing or cracking, the sealant should al‐
ways be painted over when applied to vehicle exterior.
♦ When polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- is
used, mechanical attachment by means such as bolting, weld‐
ing and clamping can, in some cases, be omitted. Until the
adhesive sealant has cured, parts should be temporarily fixed
in position with adhesive tape strips and spacers.
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- has the
major advantage of being both an adhesive and a sealant.
♦ The material is not suitable, or only conditionally suitable, for
the bonding of load-bearing joints.

Bonding properties
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- offers good
adhesion without glass or paint primer on primed or painted
metal bodywork, on wood (untreated, varnished or painted),
some plastics such as PBTP, polyurethane hard foam or fi‐
breglass-reinforced polyester.
♦ Depending on the substrate, it may be necessary to apply
glass or paint primer to achieve the best possible adhesion.n AG. Volkswagen A
ge G do
swa es n
♦ Due to the large number of primers, paints and differing
by
Vol plastic
k ot g
ua
surfaces etc., we recommend conducting an application-spe‐
ris
ed ran
tee
cific test beforehand. ut
ho or
a ac
ss
♦ Careful cleaning of plastic and metal surfaces with a suitable
ce
le
un
solvent often results in significantly better adhesion.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
served.
rrectne
Application
ss o
cial p
f inform
Note
mer
atio
m
Areas of the body to be sealed and adhesion surfaces must be

o
n
c
i
or
n
isolated using 2-pack surfacer before the material is applied.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
c
♦ The adhesion surfaces must be dry, free of oil, dust, grease
um
r
fo
en
ng
and any other impurities. Cleanser A, cleanser D and plastic

t.
yi Co
cleaner - D 195 850 A1- are all suitable for cleaning purposes. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- is applied p by
co Vo
from 310 mm cartridges using a hand cartridge gun or a pneu‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
matic cartridge gun. The 310 ml soft plastic cartridges can be
AG.
used with hand-cartridge gun - V.A.G 1628- or with pneumatic

cartridge gun - V.A.G 1761/1- . A pressure of 2 to 5 bar is
required for application with compressed air.
♦ Low sealant temperatures increase its viscosity, which results
in a lower spraying rate. To prevent this, the sealant should be
brought to the correct temperature in an appropriate manner
before beginning application.
♦ If the substrate is too cold, condensation can form if the tem‐
perature is lower than the dew point. This is to be avoided by
warming the substrate beforehand.
♦ After application, polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476
KD5 05- can be smoothed with a jointing iron or a filling knife
which has been moistened with low surface-tension water. If
the edges of the joint have been masked, simply pull off the
tape with a filling knife.
♦ Cleanser D is recommended for removing fresh adhesive
sealant from equipment.
Overpainting properties
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- can be
overpainted “wet-on-wet” with one-pack and two-pack alkyd
resin-acrylic-base repair paints as well as with all Genuine re‐
pair paints.

♦ Nitrocellulose repair paint in an aerosol can and paint, paint

thinner and catalysts containing alcohol are not compatible
with the adhesive sealant (no hardening).
♦ Corrosion protection primers may be applied only to fully cured
material because they generally severely impede water va‐
pour diffusion.
♦ If drying is accelerated by the use of a drying oven or an IR
radiant drier , a pre-reaction and waiting time of at least 30
minutes must be adhered to. Only then may the overpainted
adhesive sealant be warmed. The maximum permitted heat
exposure for uncured material is 1 hour at +90 ℃.
Incompatibility
♦ Polyurethane adhesive bonding compound - AKD 476 KD5
05- will not adhere to sealants on MX polymer or silane-modi‐
fied polymer basis.
♦ On the other hand, good adhesion will be achieved when ap‐
plying materials based on MS polymers or silane-modified
polymers to fully cured polyurethane adhesive bonding com‐
pound - AKD 476 KD5 05-
Technical data
Colour white, grey, black
Odour Aromatics (odourless when fully cured)
Consistency Paste, can be applied with brush or filling knife
Stability Levels out slightly on the surface
Skin formation 15-45 minutes at +23 °C and 50% relative hu‐
time (standard midity
climate condi‐
tions DIN
50014)
Curing rate approx. 5.5 mm/24 hours at +23 °C and 50%
(standard cli‐ relative humidityagen AG. Volkswagen AG do
mate condi‐ yV
olks
w es n
ot g
tions DIN ed
b ua
ran
50014) ris tee
tho or
au ac
Volume Approx.
ss -6%
change
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
perature
ab
pe
ility
Use tempera‐ -40 °C to +70 °C (at +80 °C, restricted to

ot
wit
, is n
ture 24 hours; at +120 °C briefly, up to 1 hour)

h re
hole
spec
3.13.2 Sprayable sealant

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Designation:
♦ Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- , grey
rrectness of i
♦ Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD2 M2- , black

l purpos
Issued 08.2012
nform
ercia
Product description
m
Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- is a spray-

com
tio
on sealant on MS polymer basis which, by absorbing atmospheric

n in
r
te o
moisture, hardens into a rubbery, elastic material with good abra‐

thi
s
iva
sion resistance.
do
r
rp
cum
fo
The time required to form a skin or to cure completely depends

en
ng
t.
on the air humidity and the temperature. The curing time also de‐
yi Co
op
pends on the coat thickness.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 orise➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy nte2011
eo
...
h
General information, Paint
s a - Edition 12.2013
ut ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
Increasing the temperature and air humidity can reduce these
pt
du
an
times. Low temperatures and low air humidity, on the other hand,
itte
y li
erm
increase them.
ab
ility
ot p
Properties:
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Sealant and seam sealant in one hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ High stability
t to the co
♦ Can be sprayed or brushed on
♦ May be overpainted with conventional or waterborne paints for
rrectness of i
up to 3 days after application
l purpos
♦ Broad range of adhesion without glass or paint primer

♦ High initial stability
nform
ercia
♦ May be spot welded

m
at
om
ion
♦ Silicone free
c
in t
or
his
te
♦ No strong odour
a
do
priv
cum
or
♦ Isocyanate free
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Fast complete drying Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ UV resistant p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ High resistance to ageing Prote AG.
♦ Sound-dampening properties
Application
♦ Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- is used
in automotive applications following repairs to seal seams
which are sealed during production, e.g. in the engine, lug‐
gage and passenger compartments. The Multipress telescop‐
ic gun or pneumatic cartridge gun - V.A.G 1761/1- can be used
to reach the required load-bearing seam.
♦ The material is also used as a surface coating to repair or
supplement PVC underseal or stone chip guard.
Pretreatment
and any other impurities. Cleanser FL is good for cleaning.
♦ Adhesion will be improved if the contact surfaces are slightly
roughened using an emory pad.
♦ If the material is not oversprayed before complete curing, then
procede with paint pretreatment as for plastic pretreatment.
Note

served.

Application
Note

♦ Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- in 310 ml

Volkswagen AG
cartridges can beswapplied
agen
AG.only with the dMultipress
oes telescopic
gun or pneumaticbyV
olk cartridge gun - V.A.G 1761/1-
not
gu . With these
ara
applicators,
ris it is possible to apply the material as a
ed ntebead of
sealant
uthoor to spray it, using the dual-circuit air system. eo
r
a ac
ss
♦ The material may be sprayed as well as brushed on, so that
ce
e
nl
both load-bearing seams and structures obtained by brush
pt
du
an
can be produced.
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ New sealing seams may be overpainted after just 15-30 mi‐
ility
ot p
nutes.
wit
, is n
h re
♦ With appropriate adjustements to the application equipment,
hole
spec
the operator can quickly and easily reproduce all structures as
es, in part or in w
specified by the manufacturer. The spraying distance can be
t to the co
used to vary the width and limit of the seam. Refer to the op‐
erating instructions for details on adjusting and using the spray
gun.
rrectness of i
♦ Cleanser FL is recommended for removing fresh sealant from
l purpos
equipment. Cured material can be removed only mechanical‐

ly.
nf
ercia
Overpainting properties
rm
m
atio
m
♦ After a skin has formed, sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- /

o
n in
c
-D 476 KD2 M2- can be overpainted with 1-pack and 2-pack

or
thi
e
repair paints, including alcohol-based paints.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Early overpainting does not prevent curing but does delay it.
o
m
f
Do not wait longer than 3 days before overpainting.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Phospate and epoxy resin primers are especially suitable as
t. C rig
gh ht
anti-corrosion primers before sealing or coating. It is important
yri
p by
co Vo
that the primer is dry before anything is applied over it.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ If, following accident repairs, the areas of the body to be pain‐
ted must be treated with a surfacer, a primer surfacer or spray
filler, these materials must be coated with sprayable sealant -
D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- before further sealing or
coating.
♦ If additional filler must be applied after the sprayable sealant
- D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- has been further sealed or
coated, the sprayable sealant must be at least 6 hours old, and
the filler must be suitable for coating plastics.
Incompatibility
♦ Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- is not
compatible with fresh 1-pack polyurethane material. Polyur‐
ethane products must be solidified before being oversprayed
with sealant.
♦ The material must not be treated with aromatic solvent sys‐
tems. This may cause the sealant to partially dissolve or swell.
Technical data
Colour Grey, black
Odour Barely perceptible
Consistency pastos

Stability Excellent
Curing type Moisture curing
Skin formation 8-20 minutes at +23 °C and 50% relative hu‐
time (standard midity
climate condi‐
tions DIN
50014)
Curing rate Approx. 4 mm/24 hours and 6 mm/48 hours at
(standard cli‐ +23 °C and 50% relative humidity
mate condi‐
tions DIN
50014)
Shore A hard‐ approx. 65
ness
Overpainting May be overpainted after 20 minutes with 1-
compatibilitypack or 2-pack paints AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Adhesive Raw sheet metal, galvanised metal, EC paint,Volksw not
gu
properties top coat, metallic paint, PVC underseal, sGFK,ed by ara
nte
PP/EPDM (testing recommended) tho ri
eo
au ra
Chemical re‐ Resistant to light and weather, softening
ss agents c
sistance of PVC softeners and, briefly, fuel
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
perature
ab
ility
ot p
Use tempera‐ -40 ℃ to +90 ℃ (+130 ℃ briefly up to 1 hour)
wit
, is n
ture
h re
hole
spec
Storage
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The material is not sensitive to freezing.
rrectness of i
sealed original containers at +10 °C to +25 °C.
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
3.13.3 Adhesive sealant

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Designation: C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Adhesive sealer - D 511 500 A2- , grey
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Adhesive sealer - D 511 510 A2- , black
AG.
Issued 04.2009
Product description
Adhesive sealant - D 511 500 A2- / -D 511 510 A2- is used in
vehicle repair to protect the bodywork repairs against corrosion
and also as a fast-hardening sealant for all visible and invisible
joints and dents and also to patch PVC sealing welds.
Adhesive sealant is highly suitable as for preventing corrosion
between spot welded flanges
Properties:
♦ Strongly adhesive to bare, primed and painted metal, galvan‐
ised surfaces, aluminium, wood, glass and all plastics com‐
monly used in vehicles.

♦ May be overpainted immediately

♦ May be dried with an IR radiant drier
♦ Dries quickly under paint
♦ May be welded or spot-welded through
♦ Does not form bubbles
♦ No contact corrosion on zink or aluminium
♦ Excellent corrosion protection
♦ Solvent-free and contains no isocyanate or PVC
♦ Excellent UV and ageing resistance
Application
♦ Adhesive sealant - D 511 500 A2- / -D 511 510 A2- is used to
seal seams following accident repairs to vehicles.
Pretreatment
and any other impurities.
♦ Adhesion will be improved if the contact surfaces are slightly
roughened using an emory pad.
Note

served.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Application d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
Note ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Adhesive sealant - D 511 500 A2- / -D 511 510 A2- may be

h re
ole,
applied to seams and joints using pneumatic cartridge gun -

spec
V.A.G 1761/1- or hand cartridge gun - V.A.G 1628- . Then,

depending on appearance, leave as sealant bead or smooth

t to the co
it with a brush or filling knife (this must be done before a skin

forms, in less than 10 minutes). After a skin has formed, the
material can still be smoothed further with a moist filling knife.
rrectne
♦ Adhesive sealant may be overpainted with all repair paints.

Overpainting must ensue within 48 hours of the sealant being
ss o
applied. Drying the paint with an IR radiant dryer does not hin‐
cial p
f in
der the curing of the sealant.

form
mer
♦ If adhesive sealant is to be used in conjunction with spot weld‐

atio
m
ing, apply a bead of sealant (2-3 mm diameter) to the flange

o
n
c
before setting repair part in place. The repair part must be spot
or
n thi
e
welded before skin formation begins (< 10 minutes).

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
♦ The material may be spot welded within 30 minutes. After

r
fo
en
ng
welding, sealant that has escaped can be smoothed.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Incompatibility
♦ Never apply sealants on MS polymer or silane-modified poly‐
mer basis to uncured polyurethane adhesive sealants. The
curing of the polyurethane adhesive sealant will be hindered,
or will not be complete.
♦ On the othe hand, the adhesion of fresh, sprayable sealants
on MS polymer or silane-modified polymer basis to fully cured
polyurethane adhesive sealant is good.
Technical data
Colour Grey, black
Base Silane-modified polymer (SMP)
Volume differ‐ -3%
ence after
hardening
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Skin formation Approx. 20 minutes lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
Not sticky 4 hours at +20 ℃ d by ara
rise nte
o
Curing rate 3-4 mm/4 hours at +20 °C auth eo
ra
s c
Solvent con‐ 0% s
ce
e
nl
tent
pt
du
an
itte
Isocyanate 0%
y li
erm
ab
content
ility
ot p
Temperature -40 ℃ to +120 ℃ (+180 ℃ briefly up to 30 mi‐
wit
, is n
h re
resistance nutes)
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
perature
t to the co
UV and Excellent
weather re‐
rrectness of i
sistance
l purpos
Storage
nf
ercia
orm
sealed original containers at +5 ℃ to +30 ℃.
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.14 Cleaning agents

⇒ “3.14.1 Silicone remover”, page 220
⇒ “3.14.2 Cleaner for plastics”, page 222
⇒ “3.14.3 Cleaner for plastics, antistatic”, page 223
⇒ “3.14.4 Industrial dirt remover”, page 223
3.14.1 Silicone remover

Designation:
♦ Aqueous silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5-
♦ Silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5-
♦ Silicone remover, slow-drying - LVM 020 100 A5-

Issued 02.2012
Product description - silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5-
The silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5- is an aqueous cleaner
with no special labelling requirements, containing a small propor‐
tion of organic solvents and special cleaning additives.
Product description - silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- and
silicone remover, slow-drying - LVM 020 100 A5-
Silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- is a quick-evaporating mix‐
ture. Silicone remover, slow-drying - LVM 020 100 A5- is a mixture
of slow-evaporating organic solvents. Both are used primarily to
remove oil and grease residues.
Application
♦ The above-named silicone removers are used for cleaning
sanded old or factory finishes, and surfaces coated with primer
and surfacer which has been subsequently sanded, before
these are treated further.
Application
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
♦ Apply silicone remover using a sprayVbottle
olks
wa or a clean non- not
woven cloth. ed
by gu
ara
is nte
or
♦ Dry the surface with a dry non-woven
au
th cloth before the silicone eo
ra
remover evaporates. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Allow cleaned surfaces to dry completely or blow dry before
an
d
itte
recoating.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Note
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Allow cleaned surface to dry completely before recoating.
t to the co
♦ Do not allow silicone remover to dry on the surface.
♦ The product is not suitable for cleaning spray guns or tools.
rrectne
♦ Always use a clean cloth, and be sure to renew it early enough

if dirty or worn out.
ss o
cial p
♦ Heavily soiled parts must be cleaned twice.

f inform
mer
♦ Silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5- is not suitable for remov‐
atio
ing release agent residues from UP-GF or other plastic surfa‐

om
ces.
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Technical data - silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5-

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
VOC value: The EU limit value for this product (product cat‐ t. C rig
gh ht
2004/42/IIB egory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max. 200 pyri by
Vo
co
(a)(200)200 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
max. 200 g/l.

Technical data - silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5-
Flash point: Above +4 ℃
VOC value: The EU limit value for this product (product cat‐
max. 750 g/l.

Technical data - silicone remover, slow-drying - LVM 020 100 A5-

Flash point: Above +26 ℃
VOC value: The EU limit value for this product (product cat‐
max. 770 g/l.
Storage
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
3.14.2 Cleaner for plastics
h re
ole,
spec
Designation:
t to the co
♦ Cleaner for plastics - D 195 850 A1-
Issued 04.2009
rrectne
Product description
The cleaner for plastics - D 195 850 A1- is a liquid universal ss o
cleaner and thinner/reducer based on aromate-free benzines with
cial p
f in
a low n-hexane content. This product contains no chlorinated hy‐

form
mer
drocarbons, and does not corrode paint when used briefly.

atio
om

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Application
t
sd
iva
o
pr
♦ The cleaner for plastics - D 195 850 A1- is mostly used to de‐
um
r
fo
en
ng
grease and clean substrates prior to application of adhesives

t.
yi Co
or sealants. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Thorough cleaning of the surfaces to be bonded is essential p by
o Vo
by c
for proper adhesion, with particular emphasis on removing
lksw
cted agen
Prote
dust, oil and grease.
AG.
♦ Depending on the base material of the products listed above,

the cleaner may also be used to remove impurities, protruding
excess material or underseals.
♦ In many applications, the cleaner for plastics - D 195 850 A1-
can also be used as a thinner/reducer for certain adhesives,
sealants and coating compounds. Note that these products
are not usually diluted for application. Dilution with thinner/re‐
ducer is indicated only for certain procedures requiring a thin‐
ner consistency.

wage e
Amarok yV
o 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ ,s nCC
lks ot g 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
b ua
ir se
d General
ran information, Paint - Edition 12.2013
tee
tho
u or
a ac
Application ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
served.
rrectness of i
♦ The cleaner for plastics - D 195 850 A1- is applied either with
a brush or a non-woven cleaning cloth, depending on the de‐
l purpos
gree of soiling and the size/shape of the parts being cleaned.

♦ To prevent the contents of the original container from being
nf
ercia
o
soiled, the cleaner should either be poured onto the cleaning
rm
m
cloth (do not hold the cloth against the container's mouth and
atio
m
then pour), or the required amount should be transferred to

o
n in
c
another container (tin can, etc.).

or
thi
te
sd
iva
♦ Pour out only the amount required for cleaning, then close the
o
r
rp
cu
original container immediately.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ The cleaned surfaces should be allowed to dry completely
Co
Cop py
(depending on circumstances 2 - 10 minues) before the ad‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
hesive or sealant is applied. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ While application of compressed air can accelerate the drying Prote AG.
process, under unfavourable conditions oil in the pneumatic

lines might destroy the results of the cleaning process.
♦ If the substrate has an open-pore texture, at least 30 minutes
should be allowed to elapse after cleaning. When cleaning re‐
sidual material from sections that have been cut for removal
(e.g. when installing permanently located glass panes, etc.)
always observe the processing instructions for the corre‐
sponding materials.
Data
Colour Water-bright, transparent
Odour Petrol
3.14.3 Cleaner for plastics, antistatic

Designation:
♦ Cleaner for plastics, antistatic - LVM 001 001 A2-
Note
Information on preparing and applying the cleaner for plastics,

antistatic - LVM 001 001 A2- may be found in the documentation
for the respective base material.

♦ ⇒ “3.3.1 Adhesion promoter (transparent)”, page 45
♦ ⇒ “3.4.5 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics”, page 82
3.14.4 Industrial dirt remover

Designation:
♦ Industrial dirt remover - ABS 600 000 10-

Issued 05.2004
Product description
The industrial dirt remover - ABS 600 000 10- is used for the re‐
moval of surface rust (metal dust) from the vehicle body. The
product is applied undiluted.
Caution
The product contains organic and inorganic acids.

Be sure to always wear protective gloves and goggles when
working with the product!
Note

♦ Even for products which are noterequired by law to be labelled,
n AG. Volkswagen AG
the usual safety measuresolksfor chemical products must
wag does be ob‐
not
served. ed
byV gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut
Application: ss
a ra
c
ce
e
When using the industrial dirt remover, observe the following:

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Neither the temperature of the cleaner nor that of the vehicle

erm
ab
body must exceed 25 °C (do not expose the cleaner nor the
ility
ot p
vehicle to direct sunlight).

wit
, is n
h re
♦ Apply product to clean vehicle body (after car wash) using

hole
spec
brush or sponge. Allow for a reaction time of approx. 10 mi‐

es, in part or in w
nutes (the reaction time must not be exceeded to avoid dam‐

t to the co
age to paintwork or plastic parts). Do not allow the product to

dry on the surface.
rrectness of i
♦ Rinse off vehicle body with plenty of water, then wash vehicle.
l purpos
♦ Repeat the cleaning procedure if the vehicle is still not clean

after the cleaner has been applied once.
nf
ercia
Data
orm
m
atio
Chemical Highly effective cleaning combination of organic

om
n in
composition and inorganic acids, surfactants and water.

or c
thi
e
Colour Transparent/clear, colourless fluid

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
pH value 1
o
m
f
en
ng
Density at 15 ° EN ISO 12185 1.076 ± 0.015 g/ml

t.
yi Co
op
C C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Storage
stored in sealed original container at +15 ℃ to +30 ℃, the product
must be processed at the latest
agen
AG. Vby
olksthe end
wagen AGof
doethe date stated on
the label. Volksw s no
tg y ua
db ran
rise tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
3.15 SprayMax System
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “3.15.1 1-pack anti-corrosion primer”, page 225
t to the co
⇒ “3.15.2 1-pack test paint”, page 228
rrectness of i
⇒ “3.15.3 1-pack clear coat”, page 230
l purpos

⇒ “3.15.5 1-pack FillClean spray can”, page 236
nf
ercia
o
⇒ “3.15.6 2-pack surfacer”, page 242
rm
m
atio
m
⇒ “3.15.7 2-pack clear coat”, page 249

o
n in
or c
thi
⇒ “3.15.8 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer”, page 253

te
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
⇒ “3.15.10 Silicone remover LLS MAX 007 ”, page 262
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
⇒ “3.15.11 Silicone remover, slow-drying LLS MAX 008 ”, gh ht
yri by
page 265
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “3.15.12 Blender”, page 267
⇒ “3.15.13 Adhesion promoter”, page 269
3.15.1 1-pack anti-corrosion primer

Designation:
♦ 1-pack anti-corrosion primer - LLS MAX 003 M2- , red brown
Issued 03.2013
Product description
The 1-pack anti-corrosion primer - LLS MAX 003 M2- is a zinc
chromate-free single-pack product from the PVB system.
The product can be used as a wash primer on all commonly found
metallic substrates.
Protective garments and equipment in accordance with work
safety regulations must be worn.
Properties:
♦ Good corrosion protection.
♦ Easy to handle (one-pack product).
Substrate
♦ Bare sheet steel, sanded


♦ Genuine replacement part primer, sanded
finely sanded
lkswage Note es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Owing to the wide hor variety of metal alloys and manufacturing
is tee pro‐
cesses, it iss aessential
ut
to carry out a preliminary test on the or ac
respective ssubstrate to ensure that the pretreatment is sufficient
ce
e
to guarantee perfect adhesion.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Substrate pre-treatment:
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
– Lightly sand old or factory paintwork.

om
ion
c
in t
r
– Completely remove any rust spots and sand feather edges to

o
his
te
old paint.
a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Use
Application:
– Vigorously shake can at least 2Aminutes.
G. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Apply in 2 spray passes with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
off time.
Spraying distance:
rrectness of i
– Maintain a distance of 20-25 cm.
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
a
com
tion in
If spray work must be interrupted, ensure that the nozzle is
r
te o
cleared to avoid clogging by inverting the can and spraying until

thi
s
iva
the valve is empty.

do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Drying Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Flash-off time is 10 to 20 minutes at an ambient temperature of
p by
co Vo
+20 °C.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
Can be recoated with:
♦ 2-pack HS surfacer (see relevant data sheet)
♦ 2-pack HS top coats
Note
♦ Do not recoat with polyester or epoxy products.

♦ Do not use on thermoplastic paint.
♦ Do not overpaint directly with waterborne base coat.
Caution

Observe safety information sheets as well as warnings on the
label of the spray can.
Shake again briefly before spraying each coat.
After fully emptying the spray can, dispose of as recycling ma‐ gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
swa
terial yV
olk not
gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
Data ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
VOC con‐ The EU limit value for this product (product cate‐
an
itte
tent: gory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max. 840 g/l
y li
erm
ab
2004/42/IIB of volatile organic compounds. The VOC content
ility
ot p
(e)(840)690 of this product in ready-to-spray form is max. 690
wit
, is n
g/l.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Storage
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
3.15.2 1-pack test paint

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Designation: ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
♦ 1-pack test paint - LLS MAX 005- , black by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Issued 10.2008
Product description
The 1-pack test paint - LLS MAX 005- is a one-pack product
based on special NC resin combinations.
Properties:


♦ Fast drying.
♦ High coverage.
♦ Good hiding power.
♦ Evenly distributed application.
♦ Easy to sand. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Technical data sheet olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
nte
Application horis
eo
aut ra
Detection of surface roughness in primer and surfacer substrates. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Substrate
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
♦ All primers, unsanded.
wit
, is n
h re
♦ All surfacers, unsanded.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Thoroughly clean with silicone remover - LLS MAX 007- or
silicone remover, slow-drying - LLS MAX 0008- .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Application
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Protective gloves (e.g. latex or nitrile).
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Respirator mask, e.g. of type A2/P2.

Application:
– Shake can well for at least 2 minutes, then perform one brief
“test spray”.

– Apply in one misted, thin, evenly distributed spray pass.
– Recommended dry film thickness is 15 µm.
Spraying distance:
Note

the valve is empty.

swage es n
Drying byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
Flash-off time is 10 minutes at an ambient th temperature of +20 °
o tee
or
C. This product is suitable for infraredssdrying.
au ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Caution
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
After fully emptying the spray can, dispose of as recycling ma‐
rrectness of i
terial
l purpos
Data
nform
ercia
Solids con‐ Approx. 16 %.

m
at
tent
om
ion
c
in t
Coverage approx. 0.5 m² per spray can for dry film thickness
or
his
e
of 30 to 40 μm.
at
do
priv
c
Note This product is for the professional painting of ve‐
um
for
hicles only.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
VOC value The EU limit value for this product (product cate‐ C py
t. rig
gory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max. 650 to
gh ht
pyri by
693 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
content of this product in ready-to-spray form is Prote AG.
max. 260 to 277 g per spray can.
Storage
3.15.3 1-pack clear coat

Designation:
♦ 1-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 010-
Issued 10.2008
Product description
The 1-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 010- is a one-pack product. The
raw material basis is acrylic resins.
Properties:
♦ Fast drying.
♦ High gloss.
♦ Universally applicable.

♦ Easy to polish.
Application
Spot repairs and partial refinishes.
Substrate
♦ Solvent-based or waterborne base coats.
♦ After a flash-off period of 30 minutes, the base coat can be
recoated with 1-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 010- .
– Substrate must be free of dust and grease.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Application
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Respirator mask, e.g. of type A2/P2.
t to the co
Application:
rrectness of i
– Shake can well for at least 2 minutes, then perform one brief
“test spray”.
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io
– Apply in 2-3 spray coats with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-

n
c
in t
r
off time.
o
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
g
Spraying distance:
n
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

the valve is empty.

Drying
Air drying at ambient temperature of +20 ℃:
♦ Dust dry in 10 minutes.
♦ Dry to handle in 20 minutes. lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d
♦ Dry to polish in 12 hours. o
ir se
ran
tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
This product is suitable fot infrared drying. The final flash-off time
h re
ole,
with infrared drying (short wave) is 7 minutes.
spec
Finishing
t to the co
– After a flash-off period of 12 hours at an ambient temperature
of +20 °C, the 1-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 010- can be pol‐
rrectne
ished using a commercially available polish.
ss
Caution
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
terial
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Data
Solids con‐ 20 % by weight
tent
Coverage approx. 0.5 to 0.75 m² per spray for dry film thick‐
ness of 30 to 40 μm.
Degree of 90 GU (60-degree glossmeter)
gloss
Note This product is for the professional painting of ve‐
hicles only.
of volatile organic compounds. The VOC content
of this product in ready-to-spray form is max.
252 g per spray can.

Storage

Designation:
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LLS MAX 106 M2- , light greywagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LLS MAX 107 M2- , dark
ed grey
by ara
ris nte
Issued 03.2013 utho eo
ra
a c
ss
Product description
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
1-pack wash primer - LLS MAX 106/107 M2- is a zinc chromate-

itte
y li
rm
free single-pack product from the PVB system.
ab
pe
ility
ot
The product can be used as a wash primer on all commonly found
wit
, is n
metallic substrates.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Properties:
rrectness of i
♦ Good corrosion protection.
l purpos

♦ Available in two shades of grey.
nform
ercia

m
a
com
Substrate tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
panels or soft aluminium C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Well-sanded factory paint or old paint (with the exception of cop Vo
by lksw
thermoplastic paint) cted agen
Prote AG.

finely sanded
Note
Owing to the wide variety of metal alloys and manufacturing pro‐

cesses, it is essential to carry out a preliminary test on the
respective substrate to ensure that the pretreatment is sufficient

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
old paint.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Use
Application:
– Vigorously shake can at least 2 minutes.


off time.
When used as wash primer:
off time.
Spraying distance:
Isolation of small sand-through spots (max. 5.0 cm in diameter):
Note
♦ Waterborne base coats or 2-pack HS top coats may only be

applied over 1-pack wash primer (either wet-on-wet or with
intermediate sanding) if the diameter of the treated sand-
through spot does not exceed 5.0 cm. Application can be
performed in 1 to 3 spray passes. Dry film thickness: 10 to
40 μm.
♦ If spray work must be interrupted, ensure that the nozzle is
cleared to avoid clogging by inverting the can and spraying
until the valve is empty.
Drying agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV
Flash-off time is 10 to 20 minutes at an ambient etemperature of gu
ara
d
+20 °C. The material is dry to polish after 45 thto
o 60 minutes.
ris nte
eo
au ra
Can be recoated with: ss c
ce
le
un
pt
♦ 2-pack acrylic surfacer, after 10 to 15 minutes.
an
d
itte
y li
♦ 2-pack HS top coat, after 10 to 15 minutes (only for small sand-
erm
ab
ility
through spots).
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Waterborne base coat, after 20 to 30 minutes (only for small

h re
ole,
sand-through spots).
spec
t to the co
Recoating
rrectne
1. - When used as wash primer, the product can be recoated with

2-pack HS surfacer.
s
2. - When used as a wash primer for isolating small sand-through

s o
cial p
spots:
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Wet-sand with P800 to P1000 sandpaper.

♦ 2-pack HS top coat (only for small bare-metal spots).
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coat (only for small
bare-metal spots).
Note
♦ Do not recoat with polyester or epoxy products.

♦ Cannot be dry sanded.
Caution

terial
Data
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
VOC con‐ The EU limit value for this product
byV
olk (product cate‐ not
gu
tent: gory IIB.b) in ready-to-sprayrised form is max. 840 g/l ara
nte
2004/42/IIB of volatile organic compounds.
ut
ho The VOC content eo
ra
(e)(840)690 of this product in ready-to-spray
ss a form is max. 690 c
g/l.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Storage
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,

spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
3.15.5 1-pack FillClean spray can

atio
om
n
c
i
or
Designation:
thi
te
sd
iva
♦ 1-pack FillClean spray can - LLS MAX 099- , 250 ml for wa‐
o
pr
cum
r
fo
terborne mixing paint “Aquaplus system”

en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ 1-pack FillClean spray can - LLS MAX 100- , 400 ml for wa‐ Cop py
ht. rig
terborne mixing paint “Aquaplus system” rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ 1-pack FillClean spray can - LLS MAX 111- , 400 ml for water- Prote
cted AG.
agen
based mixing paint “Aqua Premium system”

Issued 03.2013
Product description
The product is an aerosol can, pre-filled with solvents and pro‐
pellant, and especially designed for use with the “Aquaplus gSys‐
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
does
swa
tem” and the “Aqua Premium system”. yV
olk not
gu b ara
ed nte
For filling the aerosol can, only the special FillClean
tho
ris equipment e or
may be used. s au ac
s
ce
e
Field of application: spot repairs only.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Usage notes
y li
erm
ab
ility
The product is an aerosol can, pre-filled with solvents and pro‐ ot p
wit
pellant, and especially designed for use with the “Aquaplus Sys‐
, is n
h re
tem” and the “Aqua Premium system”.
hole
spec
The aerosol can does not contain any paint when delivered. It is
es, in part or in w
t to the co
a semi-finished product.
The ready-to-use end product is produced through filling the pre-
filled aerosol can with 100 ml of undiluted Aquaplus or Aqua
rrectness of i
Premium basecoat using the special FillClean equipment.
l purpos
The ready-to-use (filled with paint) aerosol must always be label‐

led accordingly, prior to further use. For this purpose, a special
nform
ercia
label indicating the respective colour, generated and printed by

the tinting system, can be used.
m
at
om
io
It is essential to ensure that all the data given in the example be‐
n
c
in t
r
low is present on this label.

o
his
ate
do
riv
♦ The content of 316 ml (0.32 l) declarated on the label refers to

p
cum
the final product (after filling with paint).
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ The aerosol can, pre-filled with 216 ml propellant and solvents, Cop py
is filled with additional 100 ml Aquaplus or Aqua Premium ht. rig
rig ht
basecoat, incl. Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200- or
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 300- . Prote
cted AG.
agen
Note
♦ Protective garments and equipment in accordance with work

♦ Set up the FillClean equipment in a well ventilated room.
♦ The maximum capacity of the aerosol can must not be excee‐
ded when filling. Risk of explosion!
♦ No poisonous carcinogenic substances or halocarbons must
be used for filling the aerosol cans.
♦ Warning: electrostatic discharge! Only use a damp cloth for
cleaning of plastic parts.
♦ Any repairs must be performed by a qualified technician.
♦ Paint residues must be removed from the machine at regular
intervals. Use a cloth and an appropriate solvent for this pur‐
pose.
♦ The pressure supply line must be checked at regular intervals.
Mixing instructions for “Aqua Premium system”

Mixing Plastic containers or tinplate containers with inner
contain‐ coating
ers:
Sieves: Waterproof-glued or waterproof 125 μm strainers

Additive: Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200 - , or Ad‐

ditive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 301 - (if used at
high temperatures and low humidity).
Pot life: Should be processed within 24 hours after adding the
additive for Aqua-Premium LVM 035 200/301, if pos‐
sible.
Additive 10-20 % of additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035
at 20 ℃ 200/300- (for plain colours)
material 20 % of additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035
tempera‐ 200/300- (for effect colours)
ture:
Special If big amounts of Unicolor water-based mixing colour
notes: - LWM 083 321- , white, and System Component B -
LWM 085 387 A3- are simultaniously comprised in
one mixing formula, it might affect the application
(spray pattern) when spraying.
FillClean filling process
Observe the operating instructions of the filling equipment.
– Put filling pad on indenter.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
– Fit FillClean Filling Cylinder onto spray can. s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Fit and push down the FillClean cap.

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fill the aerosol can with paint.
– Set FillClean can and filled cylinder into upper groove -1- of
the FillClean machine.
Note
When the FillClean can is inserted into the upper groove -1-, the
lower rotating plate -1- must first be positioned at the very bottom.
As soon as the FillClean can has been inserted into the upper
groove -1-, turn the rotating plate -2- upwards to use it as a coun‐
terhold.
– Push the button to the right to trigger filling. Wait approx. 10

seconds.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– After filling, remove filling cylinder -2- from FillClean can.

hole
spec
– Remove FillClean cap -1- from filling cylinder -2-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Fit spray nozzle -3- onto FillClean can.

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Leave the pad in the cap to indicate the filled colour tone.
– The FillClean can is now ready to use.
Substrate
♦ 2-pack HS surfacer
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2-
♦ 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 009 A2- / -LKF
696 040 A2-
♦ For plastic surfaces, refer to 1).
– Thoroughly clean factory or old paintwork and/or 2-pack HS
surfacer using silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5- . If severely
soiled, pre-clean with silicone remover, slow-drying - LVM
AG. Vo020
lkswagen AG
agen does
100 A5- . Volksw not
g y ua
db ran
rise tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Dry-sand using orbital sander with P500-grain sandpaper and
hole
spec
dust collector.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
– Wet-sand with P800 to P1000-grain sandpaper.

do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Before recoating the sanded substrates, thoroughly clean

them of dust, sanding residue and other dirt using silicone re‐
mover - LSW 019 000 A5- .
1) Special notes:
♦ Wipe off any excess silicone remover with a lint-free cloth,

leaving no streaks. Observe technical data sheet
⇒ “3.14.1 Silicone remover”, page 220 .
♦ Areas sanded to bare metal must be primed with 1-pack wash
primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- .
♦ Bare metal spots must not be larger than 5.0 cm in diameter.
♦ If 2-pack HS surfacer is used, bare metal spots must be primed
using 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack wash
primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- .
♦ It is recommended to test the colour tone on a spray sample
prior to application.
Use
Application: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Shake aerosol well (at least 2 minutes) d by Vto ensure proper mix‐ gu
ara
ing. orise nte
eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Spraying distance:
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
– Apply in 2 spray passes (1 normal coat followed by 1 finish

en
ng
t.
yi
coat) with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-off time.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Note cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ With low opacity colours, it may be necessary to apply an ad‐

ditional spray cote (wet-on-wet).
♦ As an alternative, wait until the paint film appears matt prior to
the application of the additional spray coat.
♦ To prevent clogging of the nozzle, after each use (or any in‐
terruption of the spray operation), hold the can upside down
and press the spray button until the material flow stops (i.e.
until the valve is empty).

Drying
Flash-off time is 15 to 30 minutes at an ambient temperature of
+20 °C. Important note: Observe flash-off time (coated surface
must appear matt).
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat (see relevant data sheet).
♦ 2-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 210- (also recoatable with other
2-pack HS clear coats).
Caution

terial
Data
G. Volkswagen AG d
(e)(840)690 of this product
swagein
n Aready-to-spray form
oes is max. 690
g/l. by Volk not
gu
a
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
Storage au ac
ss
ce
le
The guaranteed shelf life of pre-filled aerosol (without paint) is 24

un
pt
months.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
After filling with paint, the shelf life of the aerosol is 4 weeks.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
3.15.6 2-pack surfacer

nform
ercia
Designation:
m
♦ 2-pack surfacer - LLS MAX 202 M2- , medium grey

a
com
tion in
Issued 03.2013
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Product description
do
r
rp
cum
fo
The 2-pack surfacer - LLS MAX 202 M2- , medium grey, is a high-
en
ng
t.
yi
grade two-pack HS sanding surfacer. The raw material basis is
Co
op py
acrylic resins. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Properties:
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Constant atomisation pressure.
♦ Finest aerosol dispersion.
♦ Long pot life.

♦ Optimum flow, reliable application.

♦ Outstanding vertical stability.
♦ Excellent sanding properties.
♦ Very high coverage.
♦ Excellent filling power.
♦ Field of application: spot repairs.
♦ First-class painting results.
Note


Substrate
♦ Sheet steel, galvanised/zinc-plated sheet steel or soft alumi‐
nium, cleaned, sanded and coated with 2-pack wash primer -
LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007 A2- /
-LVM 044 171 A2- .
♦ Finely sanded, thoroughly cleaned original factory primer.
♦ Lightly sanded factory paint or old paint (except TPAs, ther‐
moplastic acrylics). AG. Volkswagen gen AG do
swa es
♦ Surfaces pre-treated with 2-pack
by
Vol polyester products and thenot gu
k n
finely sanded. ris
ed ara
nt ee
tho or
♦ Cleaned and sandedsUP-GF
au surfaces, free of release agents. ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

inform
mer

atio
old paint.
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Application
Activation of 2-pack aerosol can:
– Shake before using.
– Remove red push button from cap and place on hardener mix‐
ing valve on bottom of can.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Press in hardener mixing valve. When pressing down hard‐

wit
, is n
ener mixing valve, be sure that the can is inverted.

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– 8 hours at +20 ℃
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Apply in 2-3 full spray coats with 5-10 minutes intermediate yri
p by
o Vo
flash-off time between individual coats.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Spraying distance:
– The specified thickness for the dry film is approx. 80 to 120 µm.
Note

the valve is empty.
Drying
Air drying at ambient temperature of +20 ℃:
♦ 3 to 4 hours for dry-film thickness of 80-120 µm.


Force drying period at object temperature of +60 ℃ is 30 to 40 mi‐
nutes for a film thickness of 80 to 120 µm.
Flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5-10 minutes.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
For a film thickness 80 to 120 µm, the final flash-off time with in‐
h re
frared drying is 10 minutes (short wave) or 15 minutes (medium
hole
wave). spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
Finishing
thi
te
sd
iva

r
rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
Note

filler.
♦ After drying and intermediate sanding, treated spots can be
isolated again using 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX
220 M1/M2- or a 2-pack HS Premium surfacer.
♦ When isolating (even on problem substrates), the best results
are achieved after 2 to 3 spray coats (medium film thickness
of 80-120 μm), after either air drying overnight, force drying or
infrared drying. With problem substrates, careful pretreatment
is imperative, and the surfacer must be applied to the entire
surface.
LGF 786 004 A4- , grey, is recommended.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ksw
agen Cautionoes
not
Vol
by gu
d ara
Protective garmentsorise and equipment in accordance with work nte
eo
safety regulations
auth
must be worn. ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm

ab
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
terial
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
WARNING
rrectness of i
♦ Coating materials ready for application which contain iso‐

cyanate may cause irritation to mucous membranes -
l purpos
especially the respiratory organs - and cause hypersen‐

sitive reactions.
nform
ercia
♦ Sensitisation may occur if vapours or spray mist are in‐

m
haled.
a
com
tion in
♦ Carefully observe all rules for working with coating mate‐

r
te o
thi
rials containing solvents when working with coating ma‐

s
iva
do
terials containing isocyanate. Particular care must be

r
rp
cum
taken to prevent inhalation of spray mist and vapour.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Persons suffering from allergies, asthma or other respira‐
t. Cop py
tory problems should not work with coating products con‐
rig
gh ht
yri by
taining isocyanate. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Data
tent: gory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form
n AG. Volkswis
agmax.
en AG 840 g/l
2004/42/IIB of volatile organic lk swage
compounds.
does
The VOC content not
Vo
(e)(840)690 of this product ed bin
y ready-to-spray form is max. 690 gu
ara
g/l. thoris nte
e or
au ac
ss
Storage
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
3.15.7 2-pack clear coat
nform
ercia
Designation:
m
at
om
ion
c
♦ 2-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 210-
in t
or
his
ate
Issued 12.2010
do
priv
cum
or
Product description
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
The 2-pack clearcoat - LLS MAX 210- is a high-gloss 2-compo‐ C py
t. rig
nent clear coat for the permanent sealing of coated surfaces. It gh ht
yri by
was especially developed for partial repairs and refinishing jobs. cop Vo
by lksw
This product has a long-lasting resistance to weathering and to
cted agen
Prote AG.
chemicals, excellent petrol resistance, and it is very easy to pol‐
ish. The 2-pack clear coat has a very smooth flow. It is especially
used for larger surfaces (1 or 2 car parts). The raw material basis
is acrylic resins. The hardener is based on isocyanate.
Properties:
♦ Excellent filling power.
♦ Field of application: sport repairs and partial refinishes.
Note

safety regulations must be worn:
♦ Respirator mask, type A2/P2.

Substrate
♦ Solvent-based or waterborne base coats.
♦ Old paintwork, cleaned and sanded.

Substrate Suitability
1-pack base coat +++
1-pack waterborne base coat +++
2-pack top coat ++
Old paintwork +++
Application
Activation of 2-pack aerosol can: n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
– Shake can well at least 2 minutes prior to activation.
ir se
d b ran
o tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
ener mixing valve, be sure that the can is turned upside down C py
t. rig
gh
(with cap on).
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Shake can well at least 2 minutes again after activation.


– 48 hours at +20 ℃
Note
The pot life depends on the ambient temperature. Higher tem‐

peratures lead to a shorter pot life, whereas lower temperatures
result in a longer pot life.

– Apply 1-2 full spray passes (30 µm per spray pass) with 10 to
15 minutes intermediate flash-off time.
Spraying distance:
Note
If spray work must be interrupted, ensure that the nozzle is Volkswa

agen
AG.until gen AG
does
ksw
the valve is empty. by Vol not
gu
a
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
Drying ss
ce
e
nl
Air drying at ambient temperature of +20 ℃: 12 hours.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature: 35 to 40 minutes.

ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Infrared drying is recommended.
Caution

terial
WARNING
♦ Coating materials ready for application which contain iso‐

cyanate may cause irritation to mucous membranes -
especially the respiratory organs - and cause hypersen‐
sitive reactions.
♦ Sensitisation may occur if vapours or spray mistn Aare
G. Vin‐
olkswagen AG
haled. olkswage does
not
V gu
by ara
♦ Carefully observe all rules for working
or
ise with coating mate‐
d
nte
rials containing solvents whenauworking with coating ma‐
th eo
ra
terials containing isocyanate.ss Particular care must be c
taken to prevent inhalation of spray mist and vapour.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ Persons suffering from allergies, asthma or other respira‐

itte
y li
erm
tory problems should not work with coating products con‐

ab
ility
taining isocyanate.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Technical data
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Solids con‐ 33.8 % relating to the diluted paint.

tent:
rrectness of i
Coverage: Approx. 0.5 to 0.75 m² per aerosol for dry film

thickness of 30 to 50 μm.
l purpos
Degree of High-gloss finished.

gloss:
nf
ercia
VOC con‐ 668 g/l ± 258 g per aerosol.

rm
tent:
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
252
co Vo
by lksw
Prote AG.
Storage
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
3.15.8 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Designation:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1- , beige
(250 ml)
♦ 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M2- , beige
rrectness of i
(400 ml)
l purpos
Issued 03.2013
Product description
nf
ercia
orm
2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- is a two-
m
atio
m
pack epoxy spray can to be used for small repairs. Do not use in
o
n in
c
areas directly exposed to stone chipping.

or
thi
te
sd
a
When applied to the underbody, epoxy primer surfacer must be

iv
o
r
rp
cu
protected by trim, body cladding, wheel housings and so on as

o
m
f
en
well as UBS material. All difficult-to-reach areas are to be sealed

ng
t.
yi Co
with wax underbody coating. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Protective garments and equipment in accordance with work pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Properties:
♦ Flexible application
♦ Good corrosion protection
Substrate
♦ Well-sanded old paint or factory paint
♦ Genuine replacement part primer, sanded
lease agents
finely sanded

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Substrate pretreatment:Volkswa not
gu
by ara
d
– Thoroughly clean oris with silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5-
e nte or
eo
silicone remover,
auth
slow-drying - LVM 020 100 A5- . ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Before recoating, use a suitable cleaning agent to ensure a yri
p by
o Vo
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- must not
be applied to PVB (acid-curing) primer surfacers or 1-pack pri‐
mers (e.g. synthetic resin).
Application
Application:
– Shake before using.


lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
– 8 hours at +20 ℃
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


off time.
Spraying distance:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Reaction temperature: Volksw
oes
not
gu
d by ara
– At least +15 ℃ o rise nte
eo
h
ut ra
– The specified thickness for sthe
s a
dry film is 50-70 µm. c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Note
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
the valve is empty.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Drying
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Force trying time at +60-65 °C material temperature for a coat
C py
t. rig
gh
thickness of 50-70 µm is 40-45 minutes.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

wage
n AG. VolkPaint
swagen- AEdition
G do
e
12.2013
ks s no
Vol t gu
by ara
Infrared drying time for a coat thickness of 50-70 µm usingriaseshort-
d
nte
wave radiant heater is 3-5 minutes at 50% power anduthen tho eo
ra
15-20 minutes at 100% power. ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Further steps
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Wet sand with P800 to P1000-grain sandpaper. cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
Recoat with:
Note

filler.
♦ After drying and intermediate sanding, treated spots can be
isolated again using 2-pack epoxy base filler - LLS MAX 220
M1/M2- .
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Observe safety information sheets as well as warningsVoon
lkswthe
oes
not
gu
label of the spray can. se
d by ara
nte
i
or eo
The can must be shaken for approx. 2 minutesau
th before using ra
and before triggering the hardener cartridge.
ss Shake again c
ce
e
briefly before spraying each coat.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
terial
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Data
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
(e)(840)650 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
rrectness of i
max. 650 g/l.
l purpos
Storage
nf
ercia

rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Designation:
♦ 2-pack wash primer - LLS MAX 230 M1- , olive-green (250 ml)
Issued 12.2013
Product description
The 2-pack wash primer - LLS MAX 230 M1- is a zinc chromate-
free, phenol-free, acid-curing two-pack wash primer.

Wear personal safety equipment that complies with work safety

regulations.
Properties:
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Passivation qualities provide excellent corrosion protection
♦ For metal substrates
♦ Short time to recoating
♦ Long pot life
♦ Field of application: only spot repairs and small repairs
Substrate
wage es n
♦ Bare sheet steel, yV
olkssanded ot g
ua
d b ran
e
♦ Cleaned horiand
s sanded electroplated or roller-galvanisedtee steel
panelsau or soft aluminium
t or
ac
ss
♦ Well-sanded factory paint or old paint (with the exception of ce
e
nl
pt
du
thermoplastic paint) an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Surfaces prepared with 2-pack polyester products and then ility
ot p
finely sanded
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Owing to the wide variety of metal alloys and manufacturing pro‐

cesses, it is essential to carry out a preliminary test on the
respective substrate to ensure that the pretreatment is sufficient
rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
ercia
– Carefully clean with silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- or

m
silicone remover, long - LVM 020 100 A5- .

at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Clean and lightly sand factory paint or old paint, completely


– Before recoating, clean the surface using a suitable cleaning

agent to ensure it is free of residue.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Processing aut
h
ra
ss c
Application:
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Shake the spray can thoroughly prior to activation with hard‐

itte
y li
erm
ener to ensure good cross-linkage.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Shake can well for at least 2 minutes.

– 4 days at +20°C
Method of application: “spray”.

– Apply in 2 spray passes with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-
off time.
Spraying distance:
wage es n
– Maintain a distance of 15-20
y V cm.
olks ot g
ua
b
ed ran
Reaction temperature: thoris tee
or
au ac
– At least +15℃ ss
ce
e
nl
pt

du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
the valve is empty.

rrectness of i
Drying
l purpos
Air drying at +20℃ ambient temperature:

♦ Recoatable after 20 to 30 minutes
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack HS surfacer
Note
♦ The product is only suitable for recoating with a 2-pack HS

surfacer in a three-layer application.
♦ Do not use polyester, epoxy or water-thinned products for
subsequent processing.
♦ Do not directly overpaint with waterborne base coat or 2-pack
HS top coat.
Caution
Wear personal safety equipment that complies with work safe‐

ty regulations.
The can must be shaken for approx. 2 minutes before using
and before triggering the hardener cartridge. Shake again
briefly before spraying each coat.
After fully emptying, dispose of the spray cans as recycling
material.
Specifications
2004/42/IIB egory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray
Volkswagen AG
form is max.
(e)(840)703 840 g/l ofswvolatile
agen
AG.organic compounds.
does The VOC
content
by V of this product in ready-to-spray
olk not
gu form is
ara
rimax. 703 g/l.
d
se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Storage
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
stored in sealed original container at +20°C, the product must be

erm
ab
processed at the latest by the end of the date stated on the label.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
3.15.10 Silicone remover - LLS MAX 007-

nform
ercia
Designation:
m
at
om
io
♦ Silicone remover - LLS MAX 007-

n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
262
co Vo
by lksw
Prote AG.
Issued 10.2008
Product description
The silicone remover - LLS MAX 007- is a waterborne cleaning
agent, rich in active ingredients and with a reduced solvent con‐
tent. The raw material basis is a combination of specific solvents.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Properties: agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
♦ Aerosol formulation made for this specific product risefor easy ap‐
d
nte
plication. autho eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Great cleaning and degreasing action.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Reinforces adhesion properties.
rrectness of i
♦ Uniform distribution.
l purpos

Application
nform
ercia
Recommended as:
m
at
om
io
♦ Utility for parts painting and spot repairs.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ Perfectly suitable for pre-treating surfaces to be coated with

at
do
riv
Aquabase Plus waterborne base coats.

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Painted or unpainted metal, plastic or glass surfaces (old or t. C rig
gh ht
factory paint jobs) which have been coated with a primer or yri
p by
o Vo
surfacer.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Surfaces coated with primer +++
or surfacer
Old or factory paint jobs +++
Plastic parts +++
Metal/glass +++
Properties:
♦ Non-aggressive to painted surfaces.
♦ Removes all kinds of silicone and is an ideal cleaner of dirt and
soot.
♦ Removes body cavity sealant or wax.
♦ Removes resin-hardened grease residues, such as on door
hinges.
♦ Eliminates oil and grease residues.
♦ Ideal for dissolving tar.
♦ Removes adhesive residues, such as from labels.

Application
Note


– Apply one light spray pass of silicone remover right before ap‐
plying the subsequent paint coat, and immediately wipe dry
with a clean, dry cloth.
– Do not allow the silicone remover to evaporate from the sur‐
face. Only small areas may be treated simultaneously.
– Heavily soiled parts must be cleaned twice.
– Replace clothes often - do not use dirty clothes.
Note
After any interruption of the spray operation, hold the aerosol up‐
side down, and press the spray button until the valve is empty.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Caution orise nte
h eo
aut ra
s c
Protective garments and equipment in accordance with work s ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit

, is n
h re
terial
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Data
Solids con‐ 0%
rrectness of i
tent:
l purpos
Coverage: Approx. 0.75 to 1.0 m² per aerosol.

Degree of Not applicable.
nform
ercia
gloss:
m

at
om
io
tent:
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Storage
3.15.11 Silicone remover, slow-drying - LLS

MAX 008-
Designation:
♦ Silicone remover, slow-drying - LLS MAX 008-
Issued 10.2008
Product description
The silicone remover, slow drying - LLS MAX 008- is a cleaning
agent which is rich in active ingredients and whose key features
are the simple processing and complete evaporation. The raw
material basis is a combination of specific solvents. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Properties: d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
♦ Aerosol formulation made for this specific productut for easy ap‐
ho eo
ra
plication. ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
♦ Easy to apply
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Complete evaporation.
♦ Removes silicone, grease, oil, wax, dirt, tar and soot.
rrectness of i
♦ Milde, non-aggressive solvent.
l purpos

nf
ercia
Application
orm
m
atio
Recommended as:
om
n in
c
♦ Utility for parts painting and spot repairs.

or
thi
te
sd
a
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
♦ Painted or unpainted metal, plastic or glass surfaces (old or

en
ng
t.
yi
factory paint jobs) which have been coated with a primer or
Co
op py
surfacer.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Surfaces coated with primer +++
or surfacer
Old or factory paint jobs +++
Plastic parts +++
Metal/glass +++

Properties:
♦ Non-aggressive to painted surfaces.
♦ Removes all kinds of silicone and is an ideal cleaner of dirt and
soot.
♦ Removes body cavity sealant or wax.
♦ Removes resin-hardened grease residues, such as on door
hinges.
♦ Eliminates oil and grease residues.
♦ Ideal for dissolving tar.
♦ Removes adhesive residues, such as from labels.
Application
Note
♦ Protective garments and equipment in accordance with work n AG. Volkswagen AG do

safety regulations must be worn: lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
♦ Respirator mask, type A2/P2. o
ir se tee
th or
u
♦ Protective gloves (e.g. latex or nitrile). ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Apply one light spray pass of silicone remover to the surface
pe
ility
to be treated, and wipe dry with a clean, dry non-woven cloth.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Allow clean surface to dry completely.
hole
spec
– Heavily soiled parts must be cleaned twice.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Replace clothes often - do not use dirty clothes.
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
Caution
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Observe safety information sheets as well as warnings on the Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
terial
AG.
Data
Solids con‐ 0%
tent:
Coverage: Approx. 0.75 to 1.0 m² per aerosol.
Degree of Not applicable.
gloss:
tent:

Storage
3.15.12 Blender
Designation:
♦ Blender - LLS MAX 009-
Issued 10.2008
Product description
The blender - LLS MAX 009- is used to achieve homogenous
paint transitions in the touch up/edge areas between the existing
and newly applied paintwork. The raw material basis is a combi‐
nation of specific resins and solvents.
Properties:
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ Aerosol formulation made for this
kswspecific product for easy
ag does
nap‐
Vol ot g
plication. ed by ua
ra
is nte
or
♦ Constant atomisation
au
thpressure. eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Ideal for spot repairs.

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Quick and easy to use.

h re
hole
spec
♦ Especially suitable for blending-in of 2-coat paints and single-

es, in part or in w
coat 2-pack paints.

t to the co
♦ Very good partial dissolving properties.

♦ Easy to polish.
rrectness of i
♦ Smooth transitions in blend-in area.

l purpos

nform
ercia
Application
m
at
Recommended for:
om
ion
c
in t
r
♦ Spot repairs, touch-ups.

o
his
ate
do
riv
p
cum
for
en
♦ Apply right after spraying with 2-pack clear coat - LLS MAX
ng
t.
yi Co
210- or 2-pack top coat on the transition zones in the blend-in Cop py
area.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ The substrate in the fading edge transition zone should be
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
generously matted with an abrasive pad (P2000 to P4000
AG.
grade).
Pretreatment:
♦ No special work needed directly before applying the blender.

Application
Note


– Apply in multiple, light spray passes on the spray-mist edge
zone of the 2-pack clear coat or 2-pack top coat until the tran‐
sition is homogenous. G. Volkswage A n AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Vol
– No flash-off time required for 2-pack clear coat ed or 2-pack top
by gu
ara
coat. thoris nte
eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
Note
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Caution
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f in
terial
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
Data
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Solids con‐ 4.8 %

i
o
pr
cum
tent:
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Coverage: Approx. 0.5 m² per aerosol.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Degree of Not applicable. yri
gh by
ht
gloss:
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
tent:
Storage

3.15.13 Adhesion promoter

Designation:
♦ Adhesion promoter - LLS MAX 015- for plastics
Issued 10.2012
Product description
The adhesion promoter - LLS MAX 015- is a versatile single-pack
product suitable for all plastic parts commonly found on vehicle
exteriors.
Properties:
♦ Easy to apply.
♦ Good adhesion.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ High elasticity lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by
Technical data sheet rised ara
nte
ho eo
Substrate aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ All plastic parts commonly found on vehicle exteriors (PP,
y li
erm
ab
EPDM, ABS, PC, PPO, PA, R-TPU, PBTP, PVC, PUR, PUR
ility
ot p
flexible foam, UP-GF).
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
♦ The effort required for the necessary cleaning depends on the
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
♦ Let the thinner evaporate completely (e.g. air-dry overnight at

um
for
ambient temperature or for 30-40 minutes at +60 °C).

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Before priming, clean lightly once more with anti-static plastic op Vo
by c lksw
cleaner - LVM 001 001 A2- or silicone remover, slow-drying - cted agen
Prote AG.
LVM 020 100 A5- (with anti-static effect).

Use
Application:
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Apply one full coat (1-2 µm).
spec
es, in part or in w
Spraying distance:
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Flash-off time is 10-15 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature.
Note
♦ If spray work must be interrupted, ensure that the nozzle is

until the valve is empty.
♦ When treating small sand-through spots (max. 5.0 cm in di‐
ameter), the adhesion promoter - LLS MAX 015- can be
recoated with top coat right away.
Finishing AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
lksw not
Treat with: byV
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
♦ Elastic 2-pack
ut
hor
HS surfacer (for elasticization, see relevant e o da‐
ta sheet).
s s a ra
c
ce
le
Recoat with:
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coats
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Caution
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Observe safety information sheets as well as warnings on the rrectness of i
l purpos
Shake briefly before spraying each coat.

nform
ercia

terial
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
Data
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
tent: gory IIB.e) in ready-to-spray form is max. 840 g/l

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
(e)(840)730 of this product in ready-to-spray form is max. 730
rig ht
py by
g/l. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Storage

Storage conditions
The recommended storage temperature for this product is +20 ℃
to +25 ℃ (the temperature must not be below +5 °C).
3.16 Additional materials

⇒ “3.16.1 Matting additive ALN 775 106 ”, page 272
⇒ “3.16.2 Matting additive LVM 769 810 A2 ”, page 278
⇒ “3.16.3 Texture additive”, page 280
⇒ “3.16.4 Blending additive for Aquaplus”, page 285
⇒ “3.16.5 Additive for Aqua Premium”, page 285
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
3.16.1 Matting additive - ALN 775 106- wa does
olks not
yV b gu
ara
ed
Designation: thoris nte
eo
au ra
♦ Matting additive - ALN 775 106- ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Issued 04.2013
an
d
itte
y li
erm
Product description
ab
ility
ot p
The matting additive - ALN 775 106- is an additive for 2-pack HS
wit
is n
top coats which produces a matt effect on painted plastic parts.
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Substrate
rrectne
♦ Hardened, well-preserved and lightly sanded old or factory
finish.
ss o
♦ Plastic parts coated with primer or surfacer.

cial p
f inform
mer
atio
Note
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
For plastic parts, see "The VW/Audi painting system for plastic
t
sd
va
parts" (data sheet no. 5.74).

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Thoroughly clean with silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- or rig ht
py by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Application
Suitable for:
009 052 A3- G. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage e
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener,
y V extra slow-drying - LHA 009 053
olks s no
t gu A2-
b ara
ed
♦ See technical data
tho
ris sheet for 2-pack VHS hardener nte
e or
⇒ page 176 s au ac
s
ce
e
Matting table:
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Mixing ratio (in % by Gloss units (GU) as per DIN 67530

erm
ab
weight)
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Matting 2-pack HS 60° angle

h re
additive - top coat

hole
spec
ALN 775
es, in part or in w
106-
t to the co
10 90 85-95 GU*
20 80 80-90 GU*
rrectness of i
30 70 75-90 GU*
l purpos
40 60 60-90 GU*
50 50 25-65 GU*
nf
ercia
* Depending on colour. Lose of gloss when the matting additive

rm
m
atio
- ALN 775 106- is added is more characteristic for light colours

om
then for dark ones. The gloss degree produced also depends
n in
or c
on other factors (see "Factors influencing the degree of gloss").

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Mixing ratio
Cross-linking of matting mixture:
Mixing ratio: 4:1 by volume with
(for small to medium-size areas at moderate temperatures)
009 052 A3- (for larger areas at moderate temperatures)
(for large areas at high temperatures)
⇒ page 176
Thinner:
♦ 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200gA2/A5-
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
♦ 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - dLVM
by
V 009 300 A2- gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
Application time/pot life: ss au ra
c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Application viscosity for +20 °C material temperature.

Application viscosity “compliant” and “HVLP”:
18-20 seconds

– Add 15 % thinner at +20 °C material temperature.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Two spray passes (with intermediate flash-off time) are nec‐

essary to achieve the recommended dry-film thickness of
50-60 µm.
Note
♦ It is not necessary to add the elastic additive - ALZ 011 001- .

♦ The matting additive - ALN 775 106- is not suitable for matting
clear coats.
♦ The matting additive - ALN 775 106- is thixotropic and be‐
comes liquid when stirred well. Shake the can well by hand,
or use a shaker, if possible. The material should also be stirred
in the mixing unit for 15 minutes before use.
♦ Adding the matting additive might influence the coverage.
♦ The actual gloss level achieved is influenced by a number of
factors apart from differences relating to the colour shade. The
following chart shows some additional parameters and their
effects on the degree of gloss.
Higher gloss Lower gloss

Slower-drying hardeners Faster-drying hardeners
Slower-drying thinners Faster-drying thinners
Higher processing viscosity Lower processing viscosity
Higher dry layer thickness Lower dry layer thickness
Shorter flash-off period Longer flash-off period
Forced drying Air drying
Factors influencing the degree of gloss:
♦ The actual gloss level produced depends on the hardener/ AG. Volkswagen AG d
thinner used, the application and the drying method as well as lksw
agen oes
not
on the film thickness. Depending on the respective parameter,
d byV
o gu
ara
the gloss level may vary by up to 20 %. orise nte
th eo
au ra
c
Drying ss
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab

pe
ility
ot
wit

, is n
h re
hole
♦ Dry overnight
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Infrared drying with short-wave radiant heater: 5 minutes at 50%

hole
spec
power and 10 minutes at 100% power.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Data
Viscosity as pastos
rrectness of i
supplied
l purpos
2004/42/IIB egory IIB.e) in ready-to-spray form is max.
nf
ercia
(e)(840)600 840 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC

orm

m
atio
m
max. 600 g/l.

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Storage
The guaranteed shelf life is 48 months from date of production. AG. Volkswagen
May be used until the date stated on the label at latest if stored inen
wag
AG do
es n
olks
sealed original containers at +20 °C. d by V ot g
ua
e ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
3.16.2 Matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Designation:
rrectness of i
♦ Matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2-
Issued 05.2013
l purpos
Product description
nform
ercia
The matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2- is an additive for 2-pack
m
HS clear coats and 2-pack HS top coats which produces a matt
at
om
io
effect on painted metallic or plastic substrates.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
The product is typically used when larger areas need to be pain‐

at
do
riv
ted as well as for full-vehicle paint jobs, but also for painting small
p
cum
and add-on parts.
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Technical data sheet . Cop py
rig
ht ht
Substrate
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

finish.
♦ Plastic or metal parts coated with primer or surfacer.
Note
Application
Suitable for:
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat - L2K 769 500 A5-
♦ 2-pack HS Vario clear coat - L2K 769 K01 A2-
♦ 2-pack HS Optimum clear coat - LZK 769 K02 A5-
♦ 2-pack HS mixture paint/top coat - L2K 074/073...-
009 052 A3-


♦ See technical data sheet for the respective hardener
⇒ page 173 .
♦ 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - LVM 009 300 A2- agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
♦ 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- / -LVM 009ed200 by A5- gu
ara
ris nte
o
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- auth eo
ra
ss c
Adjusting the degree of gloss/matting; Application instructions
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Refer to "Gloss level adjustment for 2-pack HS clear coats" (data
h re
hole
sheet no. 5.75) and "Paintwork repair system for vehicles with a
spec
matt finish" (data sheet no. 5.76).
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Application instructions
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
nform
ercia
♦ Shake or stir the matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2- well in
m
at
the can.
om
ion
c
in t
r
♦ Mix the matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2- with 2-pack HS
o
his
e
clear coat or 2-pack HS top coat according to the respective

at
do
riv
specifications. Add the hardener and the reducer right before

p
cum
or
application. The ready-to-spray mixture should be applied im‐

f
en
ng
t.
mediately. If the mixture is left to stand in the mixing cup or
yi Co
op
spray gun cup for a longer period of time (15 min.), it must be
C py
t. rig
gh
stirred again prior to further application (sedimentation behav‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
iour).
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Adding the matting additive might influence the coverage.
♦ It is absolutely necessary to test the mixture on a spray sample
prior to application in order to achieve the degree of gloss that
matches the vehicle. Measuring the degree of gloss (at an an‐
gle of 60°) on adjacent parts may also be helpful.
♦ Blending or refinishing the matt clear coat within a part, e.g. a
side part, or speed repair is not possible.
♦ It is not possible to polish dust inclusions, therefore cleanliness
during the entire refinishing process is very important.
♦ The actual gloss level achieved is influenced by a number of
factors apart from differences relating to the colour shade. The
following chart shows some additional parameters and their
effects on the degree of gloss.
Higher gloss level Lower gloss

Shorter hardners Longer hardners
Shorter thinning Longer thinning
Higher processing viscosity Lower processing viscosity
Higher dry layer thickness Lower dry layer thickness
Shorter ventialtion time Longer processing time
Forced drying Air drying
Factors influencing the degree of gloss:

♦ The actual gloss level produced depends on the hardener/

thinner used, the application and the drying method as well as
on the film thickness. Depending on the respective parameter,
the gloss level may vary by up to 20 %.
Drying
Force drying period at material temperature of +60-65 ℃ is 45 mi‐

nutes.
Data
max. 600 g/l.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
Storage rise
d
nte
tho eo
The guaranteed shelf life is 48 months from date
ss a of production.
u ra
c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
3.16.3 Texture additive

ss
Designation:
o
cial p
f in
♦ Fine texture additive - ALN 775 108-

form
mer
Issued 04.2013
atio
om
n
c
Product description
or
n thi
te
sd
a
The fine texture additive - ALN 775 108- is designed to be added

iv
o
pr
to 2-pack HS top coats. The respective top coat is then converted

um
r
fo
en
ng
into a texture paint

t.
yi Co
op py
that can be used for treating plastic vehicle parts.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Substrate
finish.
♦ Plastic parts coated with primer or surfacer.
Note
– Dry sand using orbital sander (P400 to P500 grade) and dust
collector.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Alternatively, wet sand with P800-grain sandpaper.

ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Application
Mixing ratio
Mixing ratio: 1:1 by volume with 2-pack HS top coat.
– Then mix this 4:1 by volume with a suitable 2-pack VHS hard‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ener. lkswagen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
See technical data sheet for 2-pack VHSrishardener
ed
b
⇒ page 176 . ran
tee
tho or
Thinner: s au ac
s
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s

iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Add 15 % thinner at +20 °C material temperature.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Adjust atomising pressure following manufacturer's instruc‐ Cop py
ht. rig
tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Two spray passes (with intermediate flash-off time of 5 to 10

minutes) are necessary to achieve the recommended dry-film
thickness of 50-60 µm.
Note

♦ The fine texture additive - ALN 775 108- is only suitable for
use on add-on parts (e.g. bumpers or spoilers).
♦ Various effects can be created using different spraying tech‐
niques and layer thicknesses.
♦ The fine texture additive - ALN 775 108- is thixotropic and be‐
comes liquid when stirred well.

Drying
♦ Dry overnight
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature in 30-40 minutes. nform

mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
The final flash-off time with infrared drying is 5 minutes.

Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ ,wCCagen2012 ➤ , Caddy
AG. Volkswagen AG d2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
oes
ks not
by Vol
General information, Paint gu- Edition 12.2013
a
ed ran
oris tee
Infrared drying with short-wave radiant heater,
au
th
10-15 minutes and or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Data
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
supplied
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
max. 600 g/l.
rrectne
Storage
ss o
cial p
f
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.16.4 Blending additive for Aquaplus

Designation:
♦ Blending additive for Aquaplus - LVM 030 000 A2-
Note
For information on prepairing and applying the blending additive

for Aquaplus - LVM 030 000 A2- , refer to chapter
⇒ “3.5.4 Aquaplus blending system”, page 109 .
3.16.5 Additive for Aqua Premium

Designation:
♦ Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200 A2/A3-
♦ Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 300 A1-
♦ Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 300 A1/A3- / -LVM 035
301 A3-
Note
Information on the preparation and application of the additives for

Aqua Premium is provided in the documentation for the respective
base material ⇒ “3.5.5 Aqua Premium system”, page 113 .

4 Workshop equipment
⇒ “4.1 Tools”, page 286
⇒ “4.2 Tack cloths”, page 291
4.1 Tools
⇒ “4.1.1 Spray can filling device VAS 6425 ”, page 286
⇒ “4.1.2 Paint thickness tester VAS 6272 ”, page 287
⇒ “4.1.5 Stone chip tester VAS 5102A ”, page 288
⇒ “4.1.6 Pneumatic brush grinder set VAS 6446 ”, page 289
⇒ “4.1.7 Brush grinder set VAS 6776 ”, page 290
⇒ “4.1.8 Suction feed spray-gun V.A.G 1538 ”, page 291
4.1.1 Spray can filling device - VAS 6425-

Designation:
♦ Spray can filling device - VAS 6425-
Product description
The spray can filling device is a pneumatic filling device for filling
paint spray cans with premixed base coats and top coats without
the need for cleaning. The deviceagisensuitable for
AG. Volkswagefilling
n AG d1-pack fill
oes
clean spray cans - LLS MAXVo100- , which can be ordered
lksw novia
t gu ⇒
y
ETKA (Electronic PartssCatalogue)
ed b . ara
n ri tee
Size: utho or
a ac
ss
♦ Diameter: 132 mm
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ Height: 366 mm
y li
erm
ab
♦ Door height: 123 mm

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Filling cylinder: diameter 135 mm, height 65 mm, max. fill vol‐
h re
hole
ume 100 ml
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Support base dimensions: 250 x 250 x 2 mm

t to the co
Technical data
♦ Pneumatic filling principle
rrectness of i
♦ Filling pressure: 8-10 bar / 100-130 psi

l purpos
♦ Bursting point: approx. 60 bar /approx. 870 psi

nf
ercia
♦ Operating temperature: +5 °C to +50 °C

rm
m
atio
m
♦ Gross weight: 4.23 kg

o
n in
or c
♦ Net weight 4.00 kg

thi
te
sd
iva
Items supplied:
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
♦ Spray can filling device including metal cylinder

t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Compressed air hose including coupling
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ Securing bolt with washer
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Base plate
♦ Adapter for 250 ml can

4.1.2 Paint thickness tester - VAS 6272-

Designation:
♦ Paint thickness tester - VAS 6272-
Product description
The paint thickness tester VAS 6272 is a combination tester for
the non-destructive measurement of paint thickness on steel, fer‐
rous and non-ferrous metals. The menu guide and trouble-free
calibration and setting of new parameters make this an ideal unit
for workshops and quality assurance. The ergonomic shape of
the device with an integrated measuring probe and simple oper‐
ation allow extremely precise test results.
Technical data
Measuring range: continuous from 0 to 3500 µm
Items supplied:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
1 measuring device lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by ara
d
ise nte
4.1.3 Paint thickness tester - VAS 6197- author eo
ra
ss c
Designation:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Product description
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Fully electronic paint thickness tester with 2 indepentently func‐
h re
tioning probes and liquid crystal display. Measurements are pos‐
hole
spec
sible on various metallic substrates. For example, all non-
es, in part or in w
magnetic layers on steel or iron and all isolating layers on non-
t to the co
ferrous metals such as aluminium and copper. Calibration is not
necessary due to the use of Hall sensor technology.
rrectness of i
Technical data
l purpos
Measuring range: 0 to 5000 µm for both sensors

Items supplied:
nform
ercia
♦ Paint thickness tester

m
at
om
i
♦ Case
on
c
in t
or
♦ Reference plates
his
ate
do
priv
♦ Battery
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
4.1.4 Paint thickness tester - VAS 5278-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Designation:
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Product description
The paint thickness tester allows precise and non-destructive
paint thickness measurement on steel and iron or non-ferrous
metals. The electronic tester with LCD digital display indicates the
measurement data according to selection via the menu.
Technical data
♦ Continuous measuring range: 0-5000 µm or 0-200 mils
♦ Tolerance: +/- 1 µm or +/- 0.06 mils
♦ Temperature range: 0 °C to 60 °C
♦ Power supply: 9 Volt alkaline
4. Workshop equipment 287

♦ 4-digit liquid crystal display (LCD)

Items supplied:
♦ 1 tester for steel and iron
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ 1 tester for non-ferrous metals agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
♦ 1 carrying case rised
nte
ho eo
ut
♦ 2 zero plates ss a ra
c
ce
e
♦ Operating instructions
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
4.1.5 Stone chip tester - VAS 5102A-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Designation:
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Stone chip tester - VAS 5102A-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Product description
t to the co
The stone chip tester - VAS 5102A- has been developed by VW
AG and allows the user to recognise whether paint damage is the
rrectness of i
result of a fault in material or processing or whether it has been
caused by excessive mechanical stress, for example stone chip‐
l purpos
ping or scratching. The test is based on the simulation of average

impact on vehicle paintwork in road traffic of low-mass bodies,
e.g. sand or gravel, travelling at a high velocity.
nform
mercia
at
om
io
Note
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
♦ The testing procedure is described in detail in the catalogue
do
riv
"Assessment of Vehicle Paintwork".

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
♦ The unit is subject to an annual inspection by the manufactur‐
yi Co
op
er. A charge will be levied for this service.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Items supplied: Prote
cted AG.
agen
♦ 1 stone chip tester with battery-powered metering device,

pressure regulator and hose
♦ 1 mains connector
♦ Calibration stand with test scales
♦ Illuminated magnifier
♦ Film with angles marked
♦ Adhesive tape, 25 mm wide
♦ Filling knife and scissors
♦ Granulate feeder with 10 x 100 g granulate
♦ Hard case with rollers
♦ 100 each VW and Audi seals
♦ Operating instructions, evaluation scale, test certificate, test
plan

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
4.1.6 Pneumatic brush grinder wa set - VAS does
olks not
yV gu
6446- d b ara
ise nte
or th eo
au ra
Designation: ss c
ce
e
nl
♦ Pneumatic brush grinder set - VAS 6446-
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Product description: erm
ab
ility
ot p
The pneumatic brush grinder set - VAS 6446- serves as a surface
wit
, is n
treatment tool.
h re
hole
spec
Suitable for removal of underbody protection, sealants and other
es, in part or in w
adhesive materials. Corrosion removal and paint removal in body
t to the co
area. With pore-deep cleaning and sand blasting effect, protects
the material and has a material compressing effect. Low speed.
rrectness of i
Items supplied:
l purpos
♦ 1 pneumatic brush grinder set

♦ 1 holder for brush grinder strap 23/28 mm
nf
ercia
o
♦ 1 holder for brush grinder strap 11/28 mm
rm
m
atio
m
♦ 1 brush grinder strap 23/28 mm

o
n in
or c
thi
♦ 2 brush grinder straps 11/28 mm
te
sd
iva
o
r
♦ 3 special brush grinder straps 11/28/17 mm

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.1.7 Brush grinder set - VAS 6776-

Designation:
♦ Brush grinder set - VAS 6776-
Product description:
The device is designed to clean surfaces and to remove corrosion
in areas that are difficult to reach. Suitable for joints, grooves,
wheel housings, flange edges, door folds, etc. The device is
pneumatically operated.
Design, features and technical data:
♦ A polyamide belt with wire bristles rotates in a mounting sys‐
tem.
♦ The mounting system is powered by a pneumatic drive unit.
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
♦ The accelerator rod multiplies the contact force of
Volthe bristles.
ksw not
gu
y
db ara
♦ Corrosion and layers are stripped down to
or the pores.
ise nte
eo
th
au ra
Technical data: ss c
ce
e
nl
♦ Weight: 1.1 kg.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Thread size of pneumatic connection: 1/4" PT (G 1/4" inclu‐
erm
ab
ded).
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Hose diameter: 3/8" ID (9.5mm).
h re
hole
spec
♦ Speed: 0-2600 rpm.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Air pressure: 7.5 bar / 110 psi.
♦ Air consumption: 14.2 CFM (400 l/min.).
rrectness of i
♦ Vibration: 1.45 m/sec² (EN ISO 8662-1; 8662-4).
l purpos
♦ Noise level: 84 dB (DIN 45635-21; ISO 3744).

Items supplied:
nf
ercia
or
♦ 1 brush grinder drive unit m
m
atio
om
♦ 1 x 11 mm mounting system VAS 6446/2

n in
or c
thi
e
♦ 1 swivel joint VAS 6446/9

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ 1 air pressure regulator VAS 6446/8

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ 2 brush grinder belts VAS 6776/1
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ 2 brush grinder belts, left VAS 6776/2
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
♦ 2 brush grinder belts, right 6776/3
agen
Prote AG.
♦ 2 brush grinder belts, stainless steel VAS 6776/4

♦ 2 accelerator rods, inc. arm for use with brush grinder belt for
stainless steel
♦ 1 hard shell case
Replacement parts:
♦ Brush grinder belt - AS 6776/1- ASE 36308300000
♦ Brush grinder belt - VAS 6776/2- ASE 36308400000
♦ Accelerator rod - VAS 6776/5- ASE 46308700000
♦ Accelerator rod - VAS 6776/6- ASE 46308800000

4.1.8 Suction feed spray-gun - V.A.G 1538-

Designation:
♦ Suction feed spray-gun - VAG 1538-
Tool for sealing cavities in all new and used cars and for applying
underbody sealant.
Design, features and technical data:
Special gun with safety check valve and quick release coupling
for probe.
♦ Max. spray pressure: 10 bar.
♦ Air connection thread: R 1/4".
♦ Air consumption: Approx. 100 ltr/min.
♦ Weight: 1300 g.
Items supplied: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Suction feed spray-gun d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
♦ 1 litre steel can,uthpainted
o eo
ra
s a c
♦ Flexible hook probe - V.A.G 1538/1-
s
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Nylon probe - V.A.G 1538/2-
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Replacement parts:
ility
ot p
♦ Hook probe - V.A.G 1538/1- wit

is n
h re
ole,
♦ Nylon probe - V.A.G 1538/2-

spec
t to the co
Note
rrectne
Recommended accessories are listed in the ⇒ Catalogue Work‐

shop equipment and Special tools available under volkswagen-
service.net.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
4.2 Tack cloths

atio
om
n
c
⇒ “4.2.1 Tack cloth VAS 6177 ”, page 291

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
⇒ “4.2.2 Buffing cloth, white VAS 6176 ”, page 292

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
⇒ “4.2.3 Primary tack cloth VAS 5542 ”, page 292

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “4.2.4 Professional cleaning cloth VAS 6006 ”, page 293 C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
4.2.1 Tack cloth - VAS 6177-
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Designation:
♦ Tack cloth - VAS 6177-
Tack cloth with extremely effective soft tack properties for critical
cleaning tasks. Unlike other tack cloths, this cloth does not leave
any chemical residue on the surface or on the hands. This as‐
sures that the surface to be treated is free from adhesive residue
and fingerprints. The risk of streaks forming is considerably re‐
duced as a result, particularly when using water-based paints.
Modern fleece weave technology makes this cloth lint-free and
resistant to fraying. It is also highly suitable for plastic repairs be‐
cause it reduces the static charge of plastic parts.

Size: 380 x 430 mm

Application:
♦ Intermediate cleaning prior to application of further coats
♦ Removal of dry particles prior to application of top coat
♦ Cleaning plastic parts
Items supplied:
6 cloths per bag, 30 bags per box
Folded 4 times and stored in zip-lock bags
4.2.2 Buffing cloth, white - VAS 6176-

Designation:
♦ Buffing cloth, white - VAS 6176- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Product description: d by V gu
ara
rise nte
Extremely soft cloth for delicate,
utho demanding polishing. A combi‐ eo
ra
nation of viscose and polyester
ss a
fibres make the cloth particularly c
soft. The special fleece structure prevents loose threads, fraying
ce
e
nl
pt
and the development of lint. Because there are no additives that
du
an
itte
cause streaks, the cloth is also ideally suited for buffing chrome,
y li
erm
ab
glass and interior parts.
ility
ot p
wit
Size: 400 x 365 mm per cloth
, is n
h re
hole
Application:
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Hand polishing
♦ Finishing exterior surfaces t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Cleaning interior
l purpos
Items supplied:
275 tear-off fleece cloths in a dispenser box
nform
ercia
4.2.3 Primary tack cloth - VAS 5542-

m
at
om
io
Designation:
n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ Primary tack cloth - VAS 5542-

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Universal tack cloth with effective bonding formula for all cleaning Cop py
tasks prior to application of primer and conventional top coat
t. rig
gh ht
yri
products. Modern fleece weave technology makes this cloth lint-
p by
co Vo
by lksw
free and resistant to fraying. Prote
cted AG.
agen
Size: 305 x 460 mm

Application:
♦ Removal of dust and fibres prior to application of glass-and-
paint primers or surfacers.
♦ Removal of dry particles prior to application of solvent-con‐
taining top coat systems
Items supplied:
12 individually packed cloths, folded four times, per small box
12 small boxes per carton

en AG. V
olkswagen AG General information, Paint - Edition 12.2013
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
4.2.4 Professional cleaning cloth - VAS 6006-
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
Designation: au ra
c
ss
ce
le
♦ Professional cleaning cloth - VAS 6006-
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The cloth is suitable for cleaning dust and micro dust from dry
wit
is n
surfaces. It has anti-static properties when used to clean plastics,
h re
ole,
glass, paintwork, monitor screens etc. Its cleaning properties are
spec
even more impressive when moistened. Every smooth surface is
deep cleaned with just one motion. The cloth is free from chemi‐
t to the co
cals and is wear resistant. It achieves a maximum cleaning effect
without chemical impregnation. However, if required, all types of
cleaning solution can be used with the cloth. A fibre-splitting proc‐
rrectne
ess increases the surface structure of the cloth 1400 fold. The
fibres have a capillary effect which binds the removed dirt deep
s
in the cloth. Thus the surface of the cloth remains clean and ef‐
s o
fective, and the cloth is always available for further use. Surface
cial p
f in
friction polarises dust, dirt, grease and fluid molecules so that they
form
mer
are loosened from the surface to be cleaned without the need for
atio
chemical agitators.
om
n
c
i
or
n
Size: 320 x 320 mm
thi
te
sd
va
Application:
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
♦ Cleaning of body surfaces in preparation for paint spraying

t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Removal of wax remains from anti-corrosion measures
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ Removal of dirt from vehicle interior i.e. textile and leather ma‐
c by lksw
cted agen
terials Prote AG.
♦ Cleaning windows and mirrors

♦ Cleaning cockpit
♦ Degreasing metal objects such as tools etc.
♦ Numerous other applications in the office and household
Items supplied:
1 cloth, 320 x 320 mm in plastic jacket

General Information Paint PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

General Information Paint PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Service

Caddy 2011 ➤ , Crafter 2006 ➤ ,

Golf Variant 2010 ➤ ,

Jetta 2005 ➤ , Jetta 2011 ➤ ,

New Beetle 1999 ➤ ,

New Beetle Cabrio 2003 ➤ ,

Passat 2006 ➤ , Passat 2011 ➤ ,

Passat (NMS - US) 2012 ➤ ,

Passat Variant 2006 ➤ ,

Service Department. Technical Information

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2014 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B802605A6

00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n.A.G.. V.o.lks.w.ag. e.n .AG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

3.3 Priming plastic materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

3.6 Clear coats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

3.7 Hardener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

3.8 Thinners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

3.13 Sealing materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

1.1 Safety precautions when painting natu‐

Observe safety precautions when working on natural gas-pow‐ spec

ered vehicles (»LPG« or »CNG«):

⇒ Fuel supply system – natural gas engines; Rep. gr. 00 ; Safety

Remove fuel tank ⇒ Fuel supply system – natural gas engines;

Rep. gr. 20 ; Fuel tank; Removing and installing fuel tank

gas – an alternative fuel for vehicles ⇒ Self-study programme No.

TSI engine ⇒ Self-study programme No. 427 ; Autogas drive

1.2 Safety precautions when painting elec‐

Risk of injury and damage due to excessive drying tempera‐

Safety precautions when working on electric drive:

⇒ “2.6 Corrosion protection measures for wing surface in contact

with wheel housing liner”, page 9

⇒ “2.7 Notes on treating corroded fold areas”, page 10

Structure of a solid-colour (uni) paint finish, conventional

Structure of a uni (solid-colour) paint finish, waterborne paint

Structure of metallic and pearlescent finish (waterborne paint)

2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data

Structure of a two-coat paint finish (conventional)

Structure of the 2010-process finish (waterborne paint)

5- Waterborne base coat (colour-determining base coat)

6- Waterborne base coat (special-effect coat)

7- 2-pack clear coat

♦ The specifications of coat thickness are approximate because

tween horizontal and vertical surfaces.

♦ The specifications may be exceeded by individual vehicles

which have been repainted once or several times. However,

this need not be communicated.

2.2 Paintwork in Aftersales

♦ Please make sure

Filling n AG. Volkswagen AG do

♦ ⇒ “3.1 Filler”, page 14 .

♦ Sanded-through spots or weld seams must be re-covered with

an anti-corrosion primer as soon as possible.

♦ The electrophoretic primer coating is not resistant to UV and

acid. Consequently, replacement parts must also be painted

from the inside.

♦ After repair of corrosion damage, isolate substrate using 2-

pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- or 2-pack

4 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data

♦ Coloured surfacer improves the coverage of shades with poor

smooth near attachments which must be attached.

functional following the extent of the sealing work.

PVC. A varying thickness of PVC layer is also sprayed onto pre‐

♦ Before sealing/applying underseal, always insulate the sur‐